diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
index 11bee62..05b10f1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
             &quot;webDataStream&quot;: { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream. # A snapshot of a WebDataStream resource in change history.
               &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
               &quot;defaultUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: &quot;http://www.google.com&quot;, &quot;https://www.google.com&quot;
-              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
               &quot;firebaseAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
               &quot;measurementId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Analytics &quot;Measurement ID&quot;, without the &quot;G-&quot; prefix. Example: &quot;G-1A2BCD345E&quot; would just be &quot;1A2BCD345E&quot;
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: &quot;properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000&quot;
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@
             &quot;webDataStream&quot;: { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream. # A snapshot of a WebDataStream resource in change history.
               &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
               &quot;defaultUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: &quot;http://www.google.com&quot;, &quot;https://www.google.com&quot;
-              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
               &quot;firebaseAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
               &quot;measurementId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Analytics &quot;Measurement ID&quot;, without the &quot;G-&quot; prefix. Example: &quot;G-1A2BCD345E&quot; would just be &quot;1A2BCD345E&quot;
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: &quot;properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000&quot;
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.webDataStreams.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.webDataStreams.html
index fb04b71..1ffbe9b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.webDataStreams.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.webDataStreams.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
   &quot;defaultUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: &quot;http://www.google.com&quot;, &quot;https://www.google.com&quot;
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
   &quot;firebaseAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
   &quot;measurementId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Analytics &quot;Measurement ID&quot;, without the &quot;G-&quot; prefix. Example: &quot;G-1A2BCD345E&quot; would just be &quot;1A2BCD345E&quot;
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: &quot;properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000&quot;
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
     { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
   &quot;defaultUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: &quot;http://www.google.com&quot;, &quot;https://www.google.com&quot;
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
   &quot;firebaseAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
   &quot;measurementId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Analytics &quot;Measurement ID&quot;, without the &quot;G-&quot; prefix. Example: &quot;G-1A2BCD345E&quot; would just be &quot;1A2BCD345E&quot;
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: &quot;properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000&quot;
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
     { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
   &quot;defaultUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: &quot;http://www.google.com&quot;, &quot;https://www.google.com&quot;
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
   &quot;firebaseAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
   &quot;measurementId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Analytics &quot;Measurement ID&quot;, without the &quot;G-&quot; prefix. Example: &quot;G-1A2BCD345E&quot; would just be &quot;1A2BCD345E&quot;
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: &quot;properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000&quot;
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
     { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
       &quot;defaultUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: &quot;http://www.google.com&quot;, &quot;https://www.google.com&quot;
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
       &quot;firebaseAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
       &quot;measurementId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Analytics &quot;Measurement ID&quot;, without the &quot;G-&quot; prefix. Example: &quot;G-1A2BCD345E&quot; would just be &quot;1A2BCD345E&quot;
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: &quot;properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000&quot;
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
 { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
   &quot;defaultUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: &quot;http://www.google.com&quot;, &quot;https://www.google.com&quot;
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
   &quot;firebaseAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
   &quot;measurementId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Analytics &quot;Measurement ID&quot;, without the &quot;G-&quot; prefix. Example: &quot;G-1A2BCD345E&quot; would just be &quot;1A2BCD345E&quot;
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: &quot;properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000&quot;
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
     { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
   &quot;defaultUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: &quot;http://www.google.com&quot;, &quot;https://www.google.com&quot;
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
   &quot;firebaseAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
   &quot;measurementId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Analytics &quot;Measurement ID&quot;, without the &quot;G-&quot; prefix. Example: &quot;G-1A2BCD345E&quot; would just be &quot;1A2BCD345E&quot;
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: &quot;properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000&quot;
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html
index c67de4a..446fa0a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html
@@ -244,6 +244,7 @@
       3.14,
     ],
     &quot;deviceBasebandVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Baseband version. For example, MDM9625_104662.22.05.34p.
+    &quot;enterpriseSpecificId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID that uniquely identifies a personally-owned device in a particular organization. On the same physical device when enrolled with the same organization, this ID persists across setups and even factory resets. This ID is available on personally-owned devices with a work profile on devices running Android 12 and above.
     &quot;gpuShutdownTemperatures&quot;: [ # GPU shutdown temperature thresholds in Celsius for each GPU on the device.
       3.14,
     ],
@@ -546,6 +547,7 @@
           3.14,
         ],
         &quot;deviceBasebandVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Baseband version. For example, MDM9625_104662.22.05.34p.
+        &quot;enterpriseSpecificId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID that uniquely identifies a personally-owned device in a particular organization. On the same physical device when enrolled with the same organization, this ID persists across setups and even factory resets. This ID is available on personally-owned devices with a work profile on devices running Android 12 and above.
         &quot;gpuShutdownTemperatures&quot;: [ # GPU shutdown temperature thresholds in Celsius for each GPU on the device.
           3.14,
         ],
@@ -806,6 +808,7 @@
       3.14,
     ],
     &quot;deviceBasebandVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Baseband version. For example, MDM9625_104662.22.05.34p.
+    &quot;enterpriseSpecificId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID that uniquely identifies a personally-owned device in a particular organization. On the same physical device when enrolled with the same organization, this ID persists across setups and even factory resets. This ID is available on personally-owned devices with a work profile on devices running Android 12 and above.
     &quot;gpuShutdownTemperatures&quot;: [ # GPU shutdown temperature thresholds in Celsius for each GPU on the device.
       3.14,
     ],
@@ -1048,6 +1051,7 @@
       3.14,
     ],
     &quot;deviceBasebandVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Baseband version. For example, MDM9625_104662.22.05.34p.
+    &quot;enterpriseSpecificId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID that uniquely identifies a personally-owned device in a particular organization. On the same physical device when enrolled with the same organization, this ID persists across setups and even factory resets. This ID is available on personally-owned devices with a work profile on devices running Android 12 and above.
     &quot;gpuShutdownTemperatures&quot;: [ # GPU shutdown temperature thresholds in Celsius for each GPU on the device.
       3.14,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html
index 2248dd2..82a28f4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html
@@ -384,6 +384,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
+  &quot;preferentialNetworkService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls whether preferential network service is enabled on the work profile. For example, an organization may have an agreement with a carrier that all of the work data from its employees&#x27; devices will be sent via a network service dedicated for enterprise use. An example of a supported preferential network service is the enterprise slice on 5G networks. This has no effect on fully managed devices.
   &quot;privateKeySelectionEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable.
   &quot;recommendedGlobalProxy&quot;: { # Configuration info for an HTTP proxy. For a direct proxy, set the host, port, and excluded_hosts fields. For a PAC script proxy, set the pac_uri field. # The network-independent global HTTP proxy. Typically proxies should be configured per-network in open_network_configuration. However for unusual configurations like general internal filtering a global HTTP proxy may be useful. If the proxy is not accessible, network access may break. The global proxy is only a recommendation and some apps may ignore it.
     &quot;excludedHosts&quot;: [ # For a direct proxy, the hosts for which the proxy is bypassed. The host names may contain wildcards such as *.example.com.
@@ -749,6 +750,7 @@
           },
         },
       ],
+      &quot;preferentialNetworkService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls whether preferential network service is enabled on the work profile. For example, an organization may have an agreement with a carrier that all of the work data from its employees&#x27; devices will be sent via a network service dedicated for enterprise use. An example of a supported preferential network service is the enterprise slice on 5G networks. This has no effect on fully managed devices.
       &quot;privateKeySelectionEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable.
       &quot;recommendedGlobalProxy&quot;: { # Configuration info for an HTTP proxy. For a direct proxy, set the host, port, and excluded_hosts fields. For a PAC script proxy, set the pac_uri field. # The network-independent global HTTP proxy. Typically proxies should be configured per-network in open_network_configuration. However for unusual configurations like general internal filtering a global HTTP proxy may be useful. If the proxy is not accessible, network access may break. The global proxy is only a recommendation and some apps may ignore it.
         &quot;excludedHosts&quot;: [ # For a direct proxy, the hosts for which the proxy is bypassed. The host names may contain wildcards such as *.example.com.
@@ -1120,6 +1122,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
+  &quot;preferentialNetworkService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls whether preferential network service is enabled on the work profile. For example, an organization may have an agreement with a carrier that all of the work data from its employees&#x27; devices will be sent via a network service dedicated for enterprise use. An example of a supported preferential network service is the enterprise slice on 5G networks. This has no effect on fully managed devices.
   &quot;privateKeySelectionEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable.
   &quot;recommendedGlobalProxy&quot;: { # Configuration info for an HTTP proxy. For a direct proxy, set the host, port, and excluded_hosts fields. For a PAC script proxy, set the pac_uri field. # The network-independent global HTTP proxy. Typically proxies should be configured per-network in open_network_configuration. However for unusual configurations like general internal filtering a global HTTP proxy may be useful. If the proxy is not accessible, network access may break. The global proxy is only a recommendation and some apps may ignore it.
     &quot;excludedHosts&quot;: [ # For a direct proxy, the hosts for which the proxy is bypassed. The host names may contain wildcards such as *.example.com.
@@ -1474,6 +1477,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
+  &quot;preferentialNetworkService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls whether preferential network service is enabled on the work profile. For example, an organization may have an agreement with a carrier that all of the work data from its employees&#x27; devices will be sent via a network service dedicated for enterprise use. An example of a supported preferential network service is the enterprise slice on 5G networks. This has no effect on fully managed devices.
   &quot;privateKeySelectionEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable.
   &quot;recommendedGlobalProxy&quot;: { # Configuration info for an HTTP proxy. For a direct proxy, set the host, port, and excluded_hosts fields. For a PAC script proxy, set the pac_uri field. # The network-independent global HTTP proxy. Typically proxies should be configured per-network in open_network_configuration. However for unusual configurations like general internal filtering a global HTTP proxy may be useful. If the proxy is not accessible, network access may break. The global proxy is only a recommendation and some apps may ignore it.
     &quot;excludedHosts&quot;: [ # For a direct proxy, the hosts for which the proxy is bypassed. The host names may contain wildcards such as *.example.com.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.optimizedStats.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.optimizedStats.html
index 1bce087..bf3590c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.optimizedStats.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.optimizedStats.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, accuracy=None, aggTable=None, filter=None, limit=None, offset=None, realtime=None, select=None, sonar=None, sort=None, sortby=None, timeRange=None, timeUnit=None, topk=None, tsAscending=None, tzo=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">This api is similar to GetStats except that the response is less verbose. In the current scheme, a query parameter _optimized instructs Edge Analytics to change the response but since this behavior is not possible with protocol buffer and since this parameter is predominantly used by Edge UI, we are introducing a separate api.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Similar to GetStats except that the response is less verbose.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -88,25 +88,25 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, accuracy=None, aggTable=None, filter=None, limit=None, offset=None, realtime=None, select=None, sonar=None, sort=None, sortby=None, timeRange=None, timeUnit=None, topk=None, tsAscending=None, tzo=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>This api is similar to GetStats except that the response is less verbose. In the current scheme, a query parameter _optimized instructs Edge Analytics to change the response but since this behavior is not possible with protocol buffer and since this parameter is predominantly used by Edge UI, we are introducing a separate api.
+  <pre>Similar to GetStats except that the response is less verbose.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name for which the interactive query will be executed. Must be of the form `organizations/{organization_id}/environments/{environment_id/optimizedStats/{dimensions}` Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groupings. E.g. apiproxy, target_host. The value of dimensions should be comma separated list as shown below `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/optimizedStats/apiproxy,request_verb` (required)
-  accuracy: string, Legacy field: not used anymore.
-  aggTable: string, If customers want to query custom aggregate tables, then this parameter can be used to specify the table name. If this parameter is skipped, then Edge Query will try to retrieve the data from fact tables which will be expensive.
-  filter: string, Enables drill-down on specific dimension values.
-  limit: string, This parameter is used to limit the number of result items. Default and the max value is 14400.
-  offset: string, Use offset with limit to enable pagination of results. For example, to display results 11-20, set limit to &#x27;10&#x27; and offset to &#x27;10&#x27;.
-  realtime: boolean, Legacy field: not used anymore.
-  select: string, Required. The select parameter contains a comma separated list of metrics. E.g. sum(message_count),sum(error_count)
-  sonar: boolean, This parameter routes the query to api monitoring service for last hour.
-  sort: string, This parameter specifies if the sort order should be ascending or descending Supported values are DESC and ASC.
-  sortby: string, Comma separated list of columns to sort the final result.
-  timeRange: string, Required. Time interval for the interactive query. Time range is specified as start~end E.g. 04/15/2017 00:00~05/15/2017 23:59
-  timeUnit: string, A value of second, minute, hour, day, week, month. Time Unit specifies the granularity of metrics returned.
-  topk: string, Take &#x27;top k&#x27; results from results, for example, to return the top 5 results &#x27;topk=5&#x27;.
-  tsAscending: boolean, Lists timestamps in ascending order if set to true. Recommend setting this value to true if you are using sortby with sort=DESC.
-  tzo: string, This parameters contains the timezone offset value.
+  name: string, Required. Resource name for which the interactive query will be executed. Use the following format in your request: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/optimizedStats/{dimensions}` Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groupings, such as `apiproxy`, `target_host`. The value of `dimensions` should be a comma-separated list as shown below: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/optimizedStats/apiproxy,request_verb` (required)
+  accuracy: string, No longer used by Apigee. Supported for backwards compatibility.
+  aggTable: string, Table name used to query custom aggregate tables. If this parameter is skipped, then Apigee will try to retrieve the data from fact tables which will be expensive.
+  filter: string, Filter that enables you to drill-down on specific dimension values.
+  limit: string, Maximum number of result items to return. The default and maximum value that can be returned is 14400.
+  offset: string, Offset value. Use `offset` with `limit` to enable pagination of results. For example, to display results 11-20, set limit to `10` and offset to `10`.
+  realtime: boolean, No longer used by Apigee. Supported for backwards compatibility.
+  select: string, Required. Comma-separated list of metrics. For example: `sum(message_count),sum(error_count)`
+  sonar: boolean, Routes the query to API Monitoring for the last hour.
+  sort: string, Flag that specifies whether the sort order should be ascending or descending. Valid values include `DESC` and `ASC`.
+  sortby: string, Comma-separated list of columns to sort the final result.
+  timeRange: string, Required. Time interval for the interactive query. Time range is specified in GMT as `start~end`. For example: `04/15/2017 00:00~05/15/2017 23:59`
+  timeUnit: string, Granularity of metrics returned. Valid values include: `second`, `minute`, `hour`, `day`, `week`, or `month`.
+  topk: string, Top number of results to return. For example, to return the top 5 results, set `topk=5`.
+  tsAscending: boolean, Flag that specifies whether to list timestamps in ascending (`true`) or descending (`false`) order. Apigee recommends setting this value to `true` if you are using `sortby` with `sort=DESC`.
+  tzo: string, Timezone offset value.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -116,20 +116,20 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;Response&quot;: { # This message type encapsulates a response format for Js Optimized Scenario. # This field wraps the stats response for Js Optimized Scenario with a Response key. E.g. { &quot;Response&quot;: { &quot;TimeUnit&quot;: [], &quot;metaData&quot;: { &quot;errors&quot;: [], &quot;notices&quot;: [ &quot;Source:Postgres&quot;, &quot;Table used: edge.api.aaxgroup001.agg_api&quot;, &quot;PG Host:ruappg08-ro.production.apigeeks.net&quot;, &quot;query served by:80c4ebca-6a10-4a2e-8faf-c60c1ee306ca&quot; ] }, &quot;resultTruncated&quot;: false, &quot;stats&quot;: { &quot;data&quot;: [ { &quot;identifier&quot;: { &quot;names&quot;: [ &quot;apiproxy&quot; ], &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;sirjee&quot; ] }, &quot;metric&quot;: [ { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] }, { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(is_error)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] } ] } ] } } }
-    &quot;TimeUnit&quot;: [ # This field contains a list of time unit values. Time unit refers to an epoch timestamp value.
+  &quot;Response&quot;: { # Encapsulates a response format for JavaScript Optimized Scenario. # Wraps the `stats` response for JavaScript Optimized Scenario with a response key. For example: ```{ &quot;Response&quot;: { &quot;TimeUnit&quot;: [], &quot;metaData&quot;: { &quot;errors&quot;: [], &quot;notices&quot;: [ &quot;Source:Postgres&quot;, &quot;Table used: edge.api.aaxgroup001.agg_api&quot;, &quot;PG Host:ruappg08-ro.production.apigeeks.net&quot;, &quot;query served by:80c4ebca-6a10-4a2e-8faf-c60c1ee306ca&quot; ] }, &quot;resultTruncated&quot;: false, &quot;stats&quot;: { &quot;data&quot;: [ { &quot;identifier&quot;: { &quot;names&quot;: [ &quot;apiproxy&quot; ], &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;sirjee&quot; ] }, &quot;metric&quot;: [ { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] }, { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(is_error)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] } ] } ] } } }```
+    &quot;TimeUnit&quot;: [ # List of time unit values. Time unit refers to an epoch timestamp value.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;metaData&quot;: { # This message type encapsulates additional information about query execution. # This field contains metadata information about the query executed
+    &quot;metaData&quot;: { # Encapsulates additional information about query execution. # Metadata information about the query executed.
       &quot;errors&quot;: [ # List of error messages as strings.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;notices&quot;: [ # List of additional information such as data source, if result was truncated etc. E.g &quot;notices&quot;: [ &quot;Source:Postgres&quot;, &quot;PG Host:uappg0rw.e2e.apigeeks.net&quot;, &quot;query served by:4b64601e-40de-4eb1-bfb9-eeee7ac929ed&quot;, &quot;Table used: edge.api.uapgroup2.agg_api&quot; ]
+      &quot;notices&quot;: [ # List of additional information such as data source, if result was truncated. For example: ``` &quot;notices&quot;: [ &quot;Source:Postgres&quot;, &quot;PG Host:uappg0rw.e2e.apigeeks.net&quot;, &quot;query served by:4b64601e-40de-4eb1-bfb9-eeee7ac929ed&quot;, &quot;Table used: edge.api.uapgroup2.agg_api&quot; ]```
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;resultTruncated&quot;: True or False, # This ia a boolean field to indicate if the results were truncated based on the limit parameter.
-    &quot;stats&quot;: { # This message type encapsulates a data node as represented below: { &quot;identifier&quot;: { &quot;names&quot;: [ &quot;apiproxy&quot; ], &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;sirjee&quot; ] }, &quot;metric&quot;: [ { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] } ] } OR { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] } Depending on whether a dimension is present in the query or not the data node type can be a simple metric value or dimension identifier with list of metrics. # This field contains a stats results.
+    &quot;resultTruncated&quot;: True or False, # Boolean flag that indicates whether the results were truncated based on the limit parameter.
+    &quot;stats&quot;: { # Encapsulates a data node as represented below: ``` { &quot;identifier&quot;: { &quot;names&quot;: [ &quot;apiproxy&quot; ], &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;sirjee&quot; ] }, &quot;metric&quot;: [ { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] } ] }``` or ``` { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] }``` Depending on whether a dimension is present in the query or not the data node type can be a simple metric value or dimension identifier with list of metrics. # `stats` results.
       &quot;data&quot;: [
         &quot;&quot;,
       ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.stats.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.stats.html
index e1e61eb..c978430 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.stats.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.stats.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, accuracy=None, aggTable=None, filter=None, limit=None, offset=None, realtime=None, select=None, sonar=None, sort=None, sortby=None, timeRange=None, timeUnit=None, topk=None, tsAscending=None, tzo=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Retrieve metrics grouped by dimensions. The types of metrics you can retrieve include traffic, message counts, API call latency, response size, and cache hits and counts. Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groups. The stats api does accept dimensions as path params. The dimensions are optional in which case the metrics are computed on the entire data for the given timerange.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieve metrics grouped by dimensions. The types of metrics you can retrieve include traffic, message counts, API call latency, response size, and cache hits and counts. Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groups. You can optionally pass dimensions as path parameters to the `stats` API. If dimensions are not specified, the metrics are computed on the entire set of data for the given time range.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -88,25 +88,25 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, accuracy=None, aggTable=None, filter=None, limit=None, offset=None, realtime=None, select=None, sonar=None, sort=None, sortby=None, timeRange=None, timeUnit=None, topk=None, tsAscending=None, tzo=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Retrieve metrics grouped by dimensions. The types of metrics you can retrieve include traffic, message counts, API call latency, response size, and cache hits and counts. Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groups. The stats api does accept dimensions as path params. The dimensions are optional in which case the metrics are computed on the entire data for the given timerange.
+  <pre>Retrieve metrics grouped by dimensions. The types of metrics you can retrieve include traffic, message counts, API call latency, response size, and cache hits and counts. Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groups. You can optionally pass dimensions as path parameters to the `stats` API. If dimensions are not specified, the metrics are computed on the entire set of data for the given time range.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name for which the interactive query will be executed. Must be of the form `organizations/{organization_id}/environments/{environment_id/stats/{dimensions}` Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groupings. E.g. apiproxy, target_host. The value of dimensions should be comma separated list as shown below `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/stats/apiproxy,request_verb` (required)
-  accuracy: string, Legacy field: not used anymore. This field is present to support UI calls which still use this parameter.
-  aggTable: string, If customers want to query custom aggregate tables, then this parameter can be used to specify the table name. If this parameter is skipped, then Edge Query will try to retrieve the data from fact tables which will be expensive.
-  filter: string, Enables drill-down on specific dimension values
-  limit: string, This parameter is used to limit the number of result items. Default and the max value is 14400.
-  offset: string, Use offset with limit to enable pagination of results. For example, to display results 11-20, set limit to &#x27;10&#x27; and offset to &#x27;10&#x27;.
-  realtime: boolean, Legacy field: not used anymore.
-  select: string, The select parameter contains a comma separated list of metrics. E.g. sum(message_count),sum(error_count)
-  sonar: boolean, This parameter routes the query to api monitoring service for last hour.
-  sort: string, This parameter specifies if the sort order should be ascending or descending Supported values are DESC and ASC.
-  sortby: string, Comma separated list of columns to sort the final result.
-  timeRange: string, Time interval for the interactive query. Time range is specified as start~end E.g. 04/15/2017 00:00~05/15/2017 23:59
-  timeUnit: string, A value of second, minute, hour, day, week, month. Time Unit specifies the granularity of metrics returned.
-  topk: string, Take &#x27;top k&#x27; results from results, for example, to return the top 5 results &#x27;topk=5&#x27;.
-  tsAscending: boolean, Lists timestamps in ascending order if set to true. Recommend setting this value to true if you are using sortby with sort=DESC.
-  tzo: string, This parameters contains the timezone offset value.
+  name: string, Required. Resource name for which the interactive query will be executed. Use the following format in your request: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/stats/{dimensions}` Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groupings, such as `apiproxy` or `target_host`. The value of dimensions should be a comma-separated list, as shown below: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/stats/apiproxy,request_verb` (required)
+  accuracy: string, No longer used by Apigee. Supported for backwards compatibility.
+  aggTable: string, Table name used to query custom aggregate tables. If this parameter is skipped, then Apigee will try to retrieve the data from fact tables which will be expensive.
+  filter: string, Filter that enables you to drill down on specific dimension values.
+  limit: string, Maximum number of result items to return. The default and maximum value that can be returned is 14400.
+  offset: string, Offset value. Use `offset` with `limit` to enable pagination of results. For example, to display results 11-20, set limit to `10` and offset to `10`.
+  realtime: boolean, No longer used by Apigee. Supported for backwards compatibility.
+  select: string, Comma-separated list of metrics. For example: `sum(message_count),sum(error_count)`
+  sonar: boolean, Routes the query to API Monitoring for the last hour.
+  sort: string, Flag that specifies whether the sort order should be ascending or descending. Valid values include: `DESC` and `ASC`.
+  sortby: string, Comma-separated list of columns to sort the final result.
+  timeRange: string, Time interval for the interactive query. Time range is specified in GMT as `start~end`. For example: `04/15/2017 00:00~05/15/2017 23:59`
+  timeUnit: string, Granularity of metrics returned. Valid values include: `second`, `minute`, `hour`, `day`, `week`, or` month`.
+  topk: string, Top number of results to return. For example, to return the top 5 results, set `topk=5`.
+  tsAscending: boolean, Flag that specifies whether to list timestamps in ascending (`true`) or descending (`false`) order. Apigee recommends that you set this value to `true` if you are using `sortby` with `sort=DESC`.
+  tzo: string, Timezone offset value.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -115,64 +115,64 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # This message type encapsulates a stats response.
-  &quot;environments&quot;: [ # This field contains a list of query results on environment level.
-    { # This message type encapsulates the environment wrapper: &quot;environments&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.52056245E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;prod&quot; } ]
-      &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ # This field contains the list of metrics grouped under dimensions.
-        { # This message type encapsulates a metric grouped by dimension.
-          &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # This field contains a list of metrics.
-            { # This message type encapsulates the metric data point. Example: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] } or { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }
-              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the metric name.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value format: &quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;] or &quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]
+    { # Encapsulates a `stats` response.
+  &quot;environments&quot;: [ # List of query results on the environment level.
+    { # Encapsulates the environment wrapper: ``` &quot;environments&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.52056245E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;prod&quot; } ]```
+      &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ # List of metrics grouped under dimensions.
+        { # Encapsulates a metric grouped by dimension.
+          &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # List of metrics.
+            { # Encapsulates the metric data point. For example: ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] }``` or ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }```
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Metric name.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value formats include: `&quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;]` or `&quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]`
                 &quot;&quot;,
               ],
             },
           ],
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the name of the dimension.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the dimension.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # In the final response, only one of the following fields will be present based on the dimensions provided. If no dimensions are provided, then only a top level metrics is provided. If dimensions are included, then there will be a top level dimensions field under environments which will contain metrics values and the dimension name. Example: &quot;environments&quot;: [ { &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.14049521E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;nit_proxy&quot; } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;prod&quot; } ] OR &quot;environments&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.19026331E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;prod&quot; } ] This field contains the list of metric values.
-        { # This message type encapsulates the metric data point. Example: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] } or { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the metric name.
-          &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value format: &quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;] or &quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]
+      &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # In the final response, only one of the following fields will be present based on the dimensions provided. If no dimensions are provided, then only top-level metrics is provided. If dimensions are included, then there will be a top-level dimensions field under environments which will contain metrics values and the dimension name. Example: ``` &quot;environments&quot;: [ { &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.14049521E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;nit_proxy&quot; } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;prod&quot; } ]``` or ```&quot;environments&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.19026331E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;prod&quot; } ]``` List of metric values.
+        { # Encapsulates the metric data point. For example: ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] }``` or ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }```
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Metric name.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value formats include: `&quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;]` or `&quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]`
             &quot;&quot;,
           ],
         },
       ],
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the environment.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;hosts&quot;: [ # This field contains a list of query results grouped by host.
-    { # This message type encapsulates the hostname wrapper: &quot;hosts&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.52056245E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;example.com&quot; } ]
-      &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ # This field contains the list of metrics grouped under dimensions.
-        { # This message type encapsulates a metric grouped by dimension.
-          &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # This field contains a list of metrics.
-            { # This message type encapsulates the metric data point. Example: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] } or { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }
-              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the metric name.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value format: &quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;] or &quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]
+  &quot;hosts&quot;: [ # List of query results grouped by host.
+    { # Encapsulates the hostname wrapper: ``` &quot;hosts&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.52056245E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;example.com&quot; } ]```
+      &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ # List of metrics grouped under dimensions.
+        { # Encapsulates a metric grouped by dimension.
+          &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # List of metrics.
+            { # Encapsulates the metric data point. For example: ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] }``` or ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }```
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Metric name.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value formats include: `&quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;]` or `&quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]`
                 &quot;&quot;,
               ],
             },
           ],
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the name of the dimension.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the dimension.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # In the final response, only one of the following fields will be present based on the dimensions provided. If no dimensions are provided, then only a top level metrics is provided. If dimensions are included, then there will be a top level dimensions field under hostnames which will contain metrics values and the dimension name. Example: &quot;hosts&quot;: [ { &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.14049521E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;nit_proxy&quot; } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;example.com&quot; } ] OR &quot;hosts&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.19026331E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;example.com&quot; } ] This field contains the list of metric values.
-        { # This message type encapsulates the metric data point. Example: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] } or { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the metric name.
-          &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value format: &quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;] or &quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]
+      &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # In the final response, only one of the following fields will be present based on the dimensions provided. If no dimensions are provided, then only the top-level metrics are provided. If dimensions are included, then there will be a top-level dimensions field under hostnames which will contain metrics values and the dimension name. Example: ``` &quot;hosts&quot;: [ { &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.14049521E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;nit_proxy&quot; } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;example.com&quot; } ]``` OR ```&quot;hosts&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.19026331E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;example.com&quot; } ]``` List of metric values.
+        { # Encapsulates the metric data point. For example: ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] }``` or ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }```
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Metric name.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value formats include: `&quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;]` or `&quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]`
             &quot;&quot;,
           ],
         },
       ],
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the hostname used in query.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Hostname used in query.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;metaData&quot;: { # This message type encapsulates additional information about query execution. # This field contains the metadata information.
+  &quot;metaData&quot;: { # Encapsulates additional information about query execution. # Metadata information.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # List of error messages as strings.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;notices&quot;: [ # List of additional information such as data source, if result was truncated etc. E.g &quot;notices&quot;: [ &quot;Source:Postgres&quot;, &quot;PG Host:uappg0rw.e2e.apigeeks.net&quot;, &quot;query served by:4b64601e-40de-4eb1-bfb9-eeee7ac929ed&quot;, &quot;Table used: edge.api.uapgroup2.agg_api&quot; ]
+    &quot;notices&quot;: [ # List of additional information such as data source, if result was truncated. For example: ``` &quot;notices&quot;: [ &quot;Source:Postgres&quot;, &quot;PG Host:uappg0rw.e2e.apigeeks.net&quot;, &quot;query served by:4b64601e-40de-4eb1-bfb9-eeee7ac929ed&quot;, &quot;Table used: edge.api.uapgroup2.agg_api&quot; ]```
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.hostStats.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.hostStats.html
index e03a127..ce70313 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.hostStats.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.hostStats.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, accuracy=None, envgroupHostname=None, filter=None, limit=None, offset=None, realtime=None, select=None, sort=None, sortby=None, timeRange=None, timeUnit=None, topk=None, tsAscending=None, tzo=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Retrieve metrics grouped by dimensions in host level. The types of metrics you can retrieve include traffic, message counts, API call latency, response size, and cache hits and counts. Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groups. The stats api does accept dimensions as path params. The dimensions are optional in which case the metrics are computed on the entire data for the given timerange.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieve metrics grouped by dimensions in host level. The types of metrics you can retrieve include traffic, message counts, API call latency, response size, and cache hits and counts. Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groups. You can optionally pass dimensions as path parameters to the `stats` API. If dimensions are not specified, the metrics are computed on the entire set of data for the given time range.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -88,24 +88,24 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, accuracy=None, envgroupHostname=None, filter=None, limit=None, offset=None, realtime=None, select=None, sort=None, sortby=None, timeRange=None, timeUnit=None, topk=None, tsAscending=None, tzo=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Retrieve metrics grouped by dimensions in host level. The types of metrics you can retrieve include traffic, message counts, API call latency, response size, and cache hits and counts. Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groups. The stats api does accept dimensions as path params. The dimensions are optional in which case the metrics are computed on the entire data for the given timerange.
+  <pre>Retrieve metrics grouped by dimensions in host level. The types of metrics you can retrieve include traffic, message counts, API call latency, response size, and cache hits and counts. Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groups. You can optionally pass dimensions as path parameters to the `stats` API. If dimensions are not specified, the metrics are computed on the entire set of data for the given time range.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name for which the interactive query will be executed. Must be of the form `organizations/{organization_id}/hostStats/{dimensions}`. Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groupings. E.g. apiproxy, target_host. The value of dimensions should be comma separated list as shown below `organizations/{org}/hostStats/apiproxy,request_verb` (required)
-  accuracy: string, Legacy field: not used anymore.
-  envgroupHostname: string, Required. The hostname for which the interactive query will be executed.
-  filter: string, Enables drill-down on specific dimension values.
-  limit: string, This parameter is used to limit the number of result items. Default and the max value is 14400.
-  offset: string, Use offset with limit to enable pagination of results. For example, to display results 11-20, set limit to &#x27;10&#x27; and offset to &#x27;10&#x27;.
-  realtime: boolean, Legacy field: not used anymore.
-  select: string, The select parameter contains a comma separated list of metrics. E.g. sum(message_count),sum(error_count)
-  sort: string, This parameter specifies if the sort order should be ascending or descending Supported values are DESC and ASC.
-  sortby: string, Comma separated list of columns to sort the final result.
-  timeRange: string, Time interval for the interactive query. Time range is specified as start~end E.g. 04/15/2017 00:00~05/15/2017 23:59
-  timeUnit: string, A value of second, minute, hour, day, week, month. Time Unit specifies the granularity of metrics returned.
-  topk: string, Take &#x27;top k&#x27; results from results, for example, to return the top 5 results &#x27;topk=5&#x27;.
-  tsAscending: boolean, Lists timestamps in ascending order if set to true. Recommend setting this value to true if you are using sortby with sort=DESC.
-  tzo: string, This parameters contains the timezone offset value.
+  name: string, Required. Resource name for which the interactive query will be executed. Use the following format in your request: `organizations/{org}/hostStats/{dimensions}` Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groupings, such as `apiproxy`, `target_host`. The value of dimensions should be a comma-separated list as shown below `organizations/{org}/hostStats/apiproxy,request_verb` (required)
+  accuracy: string, No longer used by Apigee. Supported for backwards compatibility.
+  envgroupHostname: string, Required. Hostname for which the interactive query will be executed.
+  filter: string, Flag that enables drill-down on specific dimension values.
+  limit: string, Maximum number of result items to return. The default and maximum value that can be returned is 14400.
+  offset: string, Offset value. Use `offset` with `limit` to enable pagination of results. For example, to display results 11-20, set limit to `10` and offset to `10`.
+  realtime: boolean, No longer used by Apigee. Supported for backwards compatibility.
+  select: string, Comma-separated list of metrics. For example: `sum(message_count),sum(error_count)`
+  sort: string, Flag that specifies if the sort order should be ascending or descending. Valid values are `DESC` and `ASC`.
+  sortby: string, Comma-separated list of columns to sort the final result.
+  timeRange: string, Time interval for the interactive query. Time range is specified in GMT as `start~end`. For example: `04/15/2017 00:00~05/15/2017 23:59`
+  timeUnit: string, Granularity of metrics returned. Valid values include: `second`, `minute`, `hour`, `day`, `week`, or `month`.
+  topk: string, Top number of results to return. For example, to return the top 5 results, set `topk=5`.
+  tsAscending: boolean, Flag that specifies whether to list timestamps in ascending (`true`) or descending (`false`) order. Apigee recommends that you set this value to `true` if you are using `sortby` with `sort=DESC`.
+  tzo: string, Timezone offset value.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -114,64 +114,64 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # This message type encapsulates a stats response.
-  &quot;environments&quot;: [ # This field contains a list of query results on environment level.
-    { # This message type encapsulates the environment wrapper: &quot;environments&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.52056245E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;prod&quot; } ]
-      &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ # This field contains the list of metrics grouped under dimensions.
-        { # This message type encapsulates a metric grouped by dimension.
-          &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # This field contains a list of metrics.
-            { # This message type encapsulates the metric data point. Example: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] } or { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }
-              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the metric name.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value format: &quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;] or &quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]
+    { # Encapsulates a `stats` response.
+  &quot;environments&quot;: [ # List of query results on the environment level.
+    { # Encapsulates the environment wrapper: ``` &quot;environments&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.52056245E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;prod&quot; } ]```
+      &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ # List of metrics grouped under dimensions.
+        { # Encapsulates a metric grouped by dimension.
+          &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # List of metrics.
+            { # Encapsulates the metric data point. For example: ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] }``` or ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }```
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Metric name.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value formats include: `&quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;]` or `&quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]`
                 &quot;&quot;,
               ],
             },
           ],
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the name of the dimension.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the dimension.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # In the final response, only one of the following fields will be present based on the dimensions provided. If no dimensions are provided, then only a top level metrics is provided. If dimensions are included, then there will be a top level dimensions field under environments which will contain metrics values and the dimension name. Example: &quot;environments&quot;: [ { &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.14049521E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;nit_proxy&quot; } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;prod&quot; } ] OR &quot;environments&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.19026331E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;prod&quot; } ] This field contains the list of metric values.
-        { # This message type encapsulates the metric data point. Example: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] } or { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the metric name.
-          &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value format: &quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;] or &quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]
+      &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # In the final response, only one of the following fields will be present based on the dimensions provided. If no dimensions are provided, then only top-level metrics is provided. If dimensions are included, then there will be a top-level dimensions field under environments which will contain metrics values and the dimension name. Example: ``` &quot;environments&quot;: [ { &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.14049521E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;nit_proxy&quot; } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;prod&quot; } ]``` or ```&quot;environments&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.19026331E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;prod&quot; } ]``` List of metric values.
+        { # Encapsulates the metric data point. For example: ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] }``` or ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }```
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Metric name.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value formats include: `&quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;]` or `&quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]`
             &quot;&quot;,
           ],
         },
       ],
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the environment.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;hosts&quot;: [ # This field contains a list of query results grouped by host.
-    { # This message type encapsulates the hostname wrapper: &quot;hosts&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.52056245E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;example.com&quot; } ]
-      &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ # This field contains the list of metrics grouped under dimensions.
-        { # This message type encapsulates a metric grouped by dimension.
-          &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # This field contains a list of metrics.
-            { # This message type encapsulates the metric data point. Example: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] } or { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }
-              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the metric name.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value format: &quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;] or &quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]
+  &quot;hosts&quot;: [ # List of query results grouped by host.
+    { # Encapsulates the hostname wrapper: ``` &quot;hosts&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.52056245E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;example.com&quot; } ]```
+      &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ # List of metrics grouped under dimensions.
+        { # Encapsulates a metric grouped by dimension.
+          &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # List of metrics.
+            { # Encapsulates the metric data point. For example: ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] }``` or ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }```
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Metric name.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value formats include: `&quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;]` or `&quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]`
                 &quot;&quot;,
               ],
             },
           ],
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the name of the dimension.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the dimension.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # In the final response, only one of the following fields will be present based on the dimensions provided. If no dimensions are provided, then only a top level metrics is provided. If dimensions are included, then there will be a top level dimensions field under hostnames which will contain metrics values and the dimension name. Example: &quot;hosts&quot;: [ { &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.14049521E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;nit_proxy&quot; } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;example.com&quot; } ] OR &quot;hosts&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.19026331E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;example.com&quot; } ] This field contains the list of metric values.
-        { # This message type encapsulates the metric data point. Example: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] } or { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the metric name.
-          &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value format: &quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;] or &quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]
+      &quot;metrics&quot;: [ # In the final response, only one of the following fields will be present based on the dimensions provided. If no dimensions are provided, then only the top-level metrics are provided. If dimensions are included, then there will be a top-level dimensions field under hostnames which will contain metrics values and the dimension name. Example: ``` &quot;hosts&quot;: [ { &quot;dimensions&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.14049521E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;nit_proxy&quot; } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;example.com&quot; } ]``` OR ```&quot;hosts&quot;: [ { &quot;metrics&quot;: [ { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;2.19026331E8&quot; ] } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;example.com&quot; } ]``` List of metric values.
+        { # Encapsulates the metric data point. For example: ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [ { &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1549004400000, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot; }, { &quot;timestamp&quot; : 1548997200000, &quot;value&quot; : &quot;0.0&quot; } ] }``` or ```{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot; : [&quot;39.0&quot;] }```
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Metric name.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # List of metric values. Possible value formats include: `&quot;values&quot;:[&quot;39.0&quot;]` or `&quot;values&quot;:[ { &quot;value&quot;: &quot;39.0&quot;, &quot;timestamp&quot;: 1232434354} ]`
             &quot;&quot;,
           ],
         },
       ],
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field contains the hostname used in query.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Hostname used in query.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;metaData&quot;: { # This message type encapsulates additional information about query execution. # This field contains the metadata information.
+  &quot;metaData&quot;: { # Encapsulates additional information about query execution. # Metadata information.
     &quot;errors&quot;: [ # List of error messages as strings.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;notices&quot;: [ # List of additional information such as data source, if result was truncated etc. E.g &quot;notices&quot;: [ &quot;Source:Postgres&quot;, &quot;PG Host:uappg0rw.e2e.apigeeks.net&quot;, &quot;query served by:4b64601e-40de-4eb1-bfb9-eeee7ac929ed&quot;, &quot;Table used: edge.api.uapgroup2.agg_api&quot; ]
+    &quot;notices&quot;: [ # List of additional information such as data source, if result was truncated. For example: ``` &quot;notices&quot;: [ &quot;Source:Postgres&quot;, &quot;PG Host:uappg0rw.e2e.apigeeks.net&quot;, &quot;query served by:4b64601e-40de-4eb1-bfb9-eeee7ac929ed&quot;, &quot;Table used: edge.api.uapgroup2.agg_api&quot; ]```
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.optimizedHostStats.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.optimizedHostStats.html
index d52d8fa..a742477 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.optimizedHostStats.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.optimizedHostStats.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, accuracy=None, envgroupHostname=None, filter=None, limit=None, offset=None, realtime=None, select=None, sort=None, sortby=None, timeRange=None, timeUnit=None, topk=None, tsAscending=None, tzo=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">This api is similar to GetHostStats except that the response is less verbose.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Similar to GetHostStats except that the response is less verbose.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -88,24 +88,24 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, accuracy=None, envgroupHostname=None, filter=None, limit=None, offset=None, realtime=None, select=None, sort=None, sortby=None, timeRange=None, timeUnit=None, topk=None, tsAscending=None, tzo=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>This api is similar to GetHostStats except that the response is less verbose.
+  <pre>Similar to GetHostStats except that the response is less verbose.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name for which the interactive query will be executed. Must be of the form `organizations/{organization_id}/optimizedHostStats/{dimensions}`. Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groupings. E.g. apiproxy, target_host. The value of dimensions should be comma separated list as shown below `organizations/{org}/optimizedHostStats/apiproxy,request_verb` (required)
-  accuracy: string, Legacy field: not used anymore.
-  envgroupHostname: string, Required. The hostname for which the interactive query will be executed.
-  filter: string, Enables drill-down on specific dimension values.
-  limit: string, This parameter is used to limit the number of result items. Default and the max value is 14400.
-  offset: string, Use offset with limit to enable pagination of results. For example, to display results 11-20, set limit to &#x27;10&#x27; and offset to &#x27;10&#x27;.
-  realtime: boolean, Legacy field: not used anymore.
-  select: string, Required. The select parameter contains a comma separated list of metrics. E.g. sum(message_count),sum(error_count)
-  sort: string, This parameter specifies if the sort order should be ascending or descending Supported values are DESC and ASC.
-  sortby: string, Comma separated list of columns to sort the final result.
-  timeRange: string, Required. Time interval for the interactive query. Time range is specified as start~end. E.g 04/15/2017 00:00~05/15/2017 23:59.
-  timeUnit: string, A value of second, minute, hour, day, week, month. Time Unit specifies the granularity of metrics returned.
-  topk: string, Take &#x27;top k&#x27; results from results, for example, to return the top 5 results &#x27;topk=5&#x27;.
-  tsAscending: boolean, Lists timestamps in ascending order if set to true. Recommend setting this value to true if you are using sortby with sort=DESC.
-  tzo: string, This parameters contains the timezone offset value.
+  name: string, Required. Resource name for which the interactive query will be executed. Use the following format in your request: `organizations/{organization_id}/optimizedHostStats/{dimensions}` Dimensions let you view metrics in meaningful groupings, such as `apiproxy`, `target_host`. The value of dimensions should be a comma-separated list as shown below: `organizations/{org}/optimizedHostStats/apiproxy,request_verb` (required)
+  accuracy: string, No longer used by Apigee. Supported for backwards compatibility.
+  envgroupHostname: string, Required. Hostname for which the interactive query will be executed.
+  filter: string, Filter that enables you to drill-down on specific dimension values.
+  limit: string, Maximum number of result items to return. The default and maximum value that can be returned is 14400.
+  offset: string, Offset value. Use `offset` with `limit` to enable pagination of results. For example, to display results 11-20, set limit to `10` and offset to `10`.
+  realtime: boolean, No longer used by Apigee. Supported for backwards compatibility.
+  select: string, Required. Comma-separated list of metrics. For example: `sum(message_count),sum(error_count)`
+  sort: string, Flag that specifies whether the sort order should be ascending or descending. Valid values include `DESC` and `ASC`.
+  sortby: string, Comma-separated list of columns used to sort the final result.
+  timeRange: string, Required. Time interval for the interactive query. Time range is specified in GMT as `start~end`. For example: `04/15/2017 00:00~05/15/2017 23:59`.
+  timeUnit: string, Granularity of metrics returned. Valid values include: `second`, `minute`, `hour`, `day`, `week`, or `month`.
+  topk: string, Top number of results to return. For example, to return the top 5 results, set `topk=5`.
+  tsAscending: boolean, Flag that specifies whether to list timestamps in ascending (`true`) or descending (`false`) order. Apigee recommends that you set this value to `true` if you are using `sortby` with `sort=DESC`.
+  tzo: string, Timezone offset value.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -115,20 +115,20 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;Response&quot;: { # This message type encapsulates a response format for Js Optimized Scenario. # This field wraps the stats response for Js Optimized Scenario with a Response key. E.g. { &quot;Response&quot;: { &quot;TimeUnit&quot;: [], &quot;metaData&quot;: { &quot;errors&quot;: [], &quot;notices&quot;: [ &quot;Source:Postgres&quot;, &quot;Table used: edge.api.aaxgroup001.agg_api&quot;, &quot;PG Host:ruappg08-ro.production.apigeeks.net&quot;, &quot;query served by:80c4ebca-6a10-4a2e-8faf-c60c1ee306ca&quot; ] }, &quot;resultTruncated&quot;: false, &quot;stats&quot;: { &quot;data&quot;: [ { &quot;identifier&quot;: { &quot;names&quot;: [ &quot;apiproxy&quot; ], &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;sirjee&quot; ] }, &quot;metric&quot;: [ { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] }, { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(is_error)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] } ] } ] } } }
-    &quot;TimeUnit&quot;: [ # This field contains a list of time unit values. Time unit refers to an epoch timestamp value.
+  &quot;Response&quot;: { # Encapsulates a response format for JavaScript Optimized Scenario. # Wraps the `stats` response for JavaScript Optimized Scenario with a response key. For example: ```{ &quot;Response&quot;: { &quot;TimeUnit&quot;: [], &quot;metaData&quot;: { &quot;errors&quot;: [], &quot;notices&quot;: [ &quot;Source:Postgres&quot;, &quot;Table used: edge.api.aaxgroup001.agg_api&quot;, &quot;PG Host:ruappg08-ro.production.apigeeks.net&quot;, &quot;query served by:80c4ebca-6a10-4a2e-8faf-c60c1ee306ca&quot; ] }, &quot;resultTruncated&quot;: false, &quot;stats&quot;: { &quot;data&quot;: [ { &quot;identifier&quot;: { &quot;names&quot;: [ &quot;apiproxy&quot; ], &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;sirjee&quot; ] }, &quot;metric&quot;: [ { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] }, { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(is_error)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] } ] } ] } } }```
+    &quot;TimeUnit&quot;: [ # List of time unit values. Time unit refers to an epoch timestamp value.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;metaData&quot;: { # This message type encapsulates additional information about query execution. # This field contains metadata information about the query executed
+    &quot;metaData&quot;: { # Encapsulates additional information about query execution. # Metadata information about the query executed.
       &quot;errors&quot;: [ # List of error messages as strings.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;notices&quot;: [ # List of additional information such as data source, if result was truncated etc. E.g &quot;notices&quot;: [ &quot;Source:Postgres&quot;, &quot;PG Host:uappg0rw.e2e.apigeeks.net&quot;, &quot;query served by:4b64601e-40de-4eb1-bfb9-eeee7ac929ed&quot;, &quot;Table used: edge.api.uapgroup2.agg_api&quot; ]
+      &quot;notices&quot;: [ # List of additional information such as data source, if result was truncated. For example: ``` &quot;notices&quot;: [ &quot;Source:Postgres&quot;, &quot;PG Host:uappg0rw.e2e.apigeeks.net&quot;, &quot;query served by:4b64601e-40de-4eb1-bfb9-eeee7ac929ed&quot;, &quot;Table used: edge.api.uapgroup2.agg_api&quot; ]```
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;resultTruncated&quot;: True or False, # This ia a boolean field to indicate if the results were truncated based on the limit parameter.
-    &quot;stats&quot;: { # This message type encapsulates a data node as represented below: { &quot;identifier&quot;: { &quot;names&quot;: [ &quot;apiproxy&quot; ], &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;sirjee&quot; ] }, &quot;metric&quot;: [ { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] } ] } OR { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] } Depending on whether a dimension is present in the query or not the data node type can be a simple metric value or dimension identifier with list of metrics. # This field contains a stats results.
+    &quot;resultTruncated&quot;: True or False, # Boolean flag that indicates whether the results were truncated based on the limit parameter.
+    &quot;stats&quot;: { # Encapsulates a data node as represented below: ``` { &quot;identifier&quot;: { &quot;names&quot;: [ &quot;apiproxy&quot; ], &quot;values&quot;: [ &quot;sirjee&quot; ] }, &quot;metric&quot;: [ { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] } ] }``` or ``` { &quot;env&quot;: &quot;prod&quot;, &quot;name&quot;: &quot;sum(message_count)&quot;, &quot;values&quot;: [ 36.0 ] }``` Depending on whether a dimension is present in the query or not the data node type can be a simple metric value or dimension identifier with list of metrics. # `stats` results.
       &quot;data&quot;: [
         &quot;&quot;,
       ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.html
index e93bc03..2ce7694 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.html
@@ -80,6 +80,11 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the apps Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="appengine_v1alpha.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the projects Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..949e7aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="appengine_v1alpha.html">App Engine Admin API</a> . <a href="appengine_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the locations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29df465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="appengine_v1alpha.html">App Engine Admin API</a> . <a href="appengine_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html">operations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the operations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(projectsId, locationsId, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets information about a location.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(projectsId, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists information about the supported locations for this service.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(projectsId, locationsId, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. Resource name for the location. (required)
+  locationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, &quot;Tokyo&quot;.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {&quot;cloud.googleapis.com/region&quot;: &quot;us-east1&quot;}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The canonical id for this location. For example: &quot;us-east1&quot;.
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: &quot;projects/example-project/locations/us-east1&quot;
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(projectsId, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in AIP-160 (https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the next_page_token field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  &quot;locations&quot;: [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, &quot;Tokyo&quot;.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {&quot;cloud.googleapis.com/region&quot;: &quot;us-east1&quot;}
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The canonical id for this location. For example: &quot;us-east1&quot;.
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: &quot;projects/example-project/locations/us-east1&quot;
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The standard List next-page token.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..775106a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="appengine_v1alpha.html">App Engine Admin API</a> . <a href="appengine_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(projectsId, locationsId, operationsId, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(projectsId, locationsId, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns UNIMPLEMENTED.NOTE: the name binding allows API services to override the binding to use different resource name schemes, such as users/*/operations. To override the binding, API services can add a binding such as "/v1/{name=users/*}/operations" to their service configuration. For backwards compatibility, the default name includes the operations collection id, however overriding users must ensure the name binding is the parent resource, without the operations collection id.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(projectsId, locationsId, operationsId, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  locationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  operationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(projectsId, locationsId, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn&#x27;t support this method, it returns UNIMPLEMENTED.NOTE: the name binding allows API services to override the binding to use different resource name schemes, such as users/*/operations. To override the binding, API services can add a binding such as &quot;/v1/{name=users/*}/operations&quot; to their service configuration. For backwards compatibility, the default name includes the operations collection id, however overriding users must ensure the name binding is the parent resource, without the operations collection id.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. The name of the operation&#x27;s parent resource. (required)
+  locationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The standard List next-page token.
+  &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+      &quot;error&quot;: { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+      &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.html
index 6cc3315..6a44936 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.html
@@ -82,10 +82,65 @@
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getProjectSettings">getProjectSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the Settings for the Project</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#updateProjectSettings">updateProjectSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the Settings for the Project</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
   <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getProjectSettings">getProjectSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the Settings for the Project
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the projectSettings resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The Artifact Registry settings that apply to a Project.
+  &quot;legacyRedirectionState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirection state of the legacy repositories in this project.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the project&#x27;s settings. Always of the form: projects/{project-id}/projectSettings In update request: never set In response: always set
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="updateProjectSettings">updateProjectSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the Settings for the Project
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the project&#x27;s settings. Always of the form: projects/{project-id}/projectSettings In update request: never set In response: always set (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The Artifact Registry settings that apply to a Project.
+  &quot;legacyRedirectionState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirection state of the legacy repositories in this project.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the project&#x27;s settings. Always of the form: projects/{project-id}/projectSettings In update request: never set In response: always set
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Field mask to support partial updates.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The Artifact Registry settings that apply to a Project.
+  &quot;legacyRedirectionState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirection state of the legacy repositories in this project.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the project&#x27;s settings. Always of the form: projects/{project-id}/projectSettings In update request: never set In response: always set
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.attestors.html b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.attestors.html
index 78ea324..ac4d8a9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.attestors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.attestors.html
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.html
index b22804b..99c5097 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
     { # A policy for Binary Authorization.
   &quot;admissionWhitelistPatterns&quot;: [ # Optional. Admission policy allowlisting. A matching admission request will always be permitted. This feature is typically used to exclude Google or third-party infrastructure images from Binary Authorization policies.
     { # An admission allowlist pattern exempts images from checks by admission rules.
-      &quot;namePattern&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image name pattern to allowlist, in the form `registry/path/to/image`. This supports a trailing `*` as a wildcard, but this is allowed only in text after the `registry/` part. `*` wildcard does not match `/`, i.e., gcr.io/nginx* matches gcr.io/nginx@latest, but it does not match gcr.io/nginx/image. This also supports a trailing `**` wildcard which matches subdirectories, i.e., gcr.io/nginx** matches gcr.io/nginx/image.
+      &quot;namePattern&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image name pattern to allowlist, in the form `registry/path/to/image`. This supports a trailing `*` as a wildcard, but this is allowed only in text after the `registry/` part. `*` wildcard does not match `/`, i.e., `gcr.io/nginx*` matches `gcr.io/nginx@latest`, but it does not match `gcr.io/nginx/image`. This also supports a trailing `**` wildcard which matches subdirectories, i.e., `gcr.io/nginx**` matches `gcr.io/nginx/image`.
     },
   ],
   &quot;clusterAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-cluster admission rules. Cluster spec format: `location.clusterId`. There can be at most one admission rule per cluster spec. A `location` is either a compute zone (e.g. us-central1-a) or a region (e.g. us-central1). For `clusterId` syntax restrictions see https://cloud.google.com/container-engine/reference/rest/v1/projects.zones.clusters.
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A descriptive comment.
   &quot;globalPolicyEvaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Controls the evaluation of a Google-maintained global admission policy for common system-level images. Images not covered by the global policy will be subject to the project admission policy. This setting has no effect when specified inside a global admission policy.
-  &quot;istioServiceIdentityAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-istio-service-identity admission rules. Istio service identity spec format: spiffe:///ns//sa/ or /ns//sa/ e.g. spiffe://example.com/ns/test-ns/sa/default
+  &quot;istioServiceIdentityAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-istio-service-identity admission rules. Istio service identity spec format: `spiffe:///ns//sa/` or `/ns//sa/` e.g. `spiffe://example.com/ns/test-ns/sa/default`
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       &quot;enforcementMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       &quot;evaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       ],
     },
   },
-  &quot;kubernetesNamespaceAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-namespace admission rules. K8s namespace spec format: [a-z.-]+, e.g. &#x27;some-namespace&#x27;
+  &quot;kubernetesNamespaceAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-namespace admission rules. K8s namespace spec format: `[a-z.-]+`, e.g. `some-namespace`
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       &quot;enforcementMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       &quot;evaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
       ],
     },
   },
-  &quot;kubernetesServiceAccountAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-service-account admission rules. Service account spec format: `namespace:serviceaccount`. e.g. &#x27;test-ns:default&#x27;
+  &quot;kubernetesServiceAccountAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-service-account admission rules. Service account spec format: `namespace:serviceaccount`. e.g. `test-ns:default`
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       &quot;enforcementMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       &quot;evaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
 { # A policy for Binary Authorization.
   &quot;admissionWhitelistPatterns&quot;: [ # Optional. Admission policy allowlisting. A matching admission request will always be permitted. This feature is typically used to exclude Google or third-party infrastructure images from Binary Authorization policies.
     { # An admission allowlist pattern exempts images from checks by admission rules.
-      &quot;namePattern&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image name pattern to allowlist, in the form `registry/path/to/image`. This supports a trailing `*` as a wildcard, but this is allowed only in text after the `registry/` part. `*` wildcard does not match `/`, i.e., gcr.io/nginx* matches gcr.io/nginx@latest, but it does not match gcr.io/nginx/image. This also supports a trailing `**` wildcard which matches subdirectories, i.e., gcr.io/nginx** matches gcr.io/nginx/image.
+      &quot;namePattern&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image name pattern to allowlist, in the form `registry/path/to/image`. This supports a trailing `*` as a wildcard, but this is allowed only in text after the `registry/` part. `*` wildcard does not match `/`, i.e., `gcr.io/nginx*` matches `gcr.io/nginx@latest`, but it does not match `gcr.io/nginx/image`. This also supports a trailing `**` wildcard which matches subdirectories, i.e., `gcr.io/nginx**` matches `gcr.io/nginx/image`.
     },
   ],
   &quot;clusterAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-cluster admission rules. Cluster spec format: `location.clusterId`. There can be at most one admission rule per cluster spec. A `location` is either a compute zone (e.g. us-central1-a) or a region (e.g. us-central1). For `clusterId` syntax restrictions see https://cloud.google.com/container-engine/reference/rest/v1/projects.zones.clusters.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A descriptive comment.
   &quot;globalPolicyEvaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Controls the evaluation of a Google-maintained global admission policy for common system-level images. Images not covered by the global policy will be subject to the project admission policy. This setting has no effect when specified inside a global admission policy.
-  &quot;istioServiceIdentityAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-istio-service-identity admission rules. Istio service identity spec format: spiffe:///ns//sa/ or /ns//sa/ e.g. spiffe://example.com/ns/test-ns/sa/default
+  &quot;istioServiceIdentityAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-istio-service-identity admission rules. Istio service identity spec format: `spiffe:///ns//sa/` or `/ns//sa/` e.g. `spiffe://example.com/ns/test-ns/sa/default`
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       &quot;enforcementMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       &quot;evaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
       ],
     },
   },
-  &quot;kubernetesNamespaceAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-namespace admission rules. K8s namespace spec format: [a-z.-]+, e.g. &#x27;some-namespace&#x27;
+  &quot;kubernetesNamespaceAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-namespace admission rules. K8s namespace spec format: `[a-z.-]+`, e.g. `some-namespace`
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       &quot;enforcementMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       &quot;evaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
       ],
     },
   },
-  &quot;kubernetesServiceAccountAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-service-account admission rules. Service account spec format: `namespace:serviceaccount`. e.g. &#x27;test-ns:default&#x27;
+  &quot;kubernetesServiceAccountAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-service-account admission rules. Service account spec format: `namespace:serviceaccount`. e.g. `test-ns:default`
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       &quot;enforcementMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       &quot;evaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
     { # A policy for Binary Authorization.
   &quot;admissionWhitelistPatterns&quot;: [ # Optional. Admission policy allowlisting. A matching admission request will always be permitted. This feature is typically used to exclude Google or third-party infrastructure images from Binary Authorization policies.
     { # An admission allowlist pattern exempts images from checks by admission rules.
-      &quot;namePattern&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image name pattern to allowlist, in the form `registry/path/to/image`. This supports a trailing `*` as a wildcard, but this is allowed only in text after the `registry/` part. `*` wildcard does not match `/`, i.e., gcr.io/nginx* matches gcr.io/nginx@latest, but it does not match gcr.io/nginx/image. This also supports a trailing `**` wildcard which matches subdirectories, i.e., gcr.io/nginx** matches gcr.io/nginx/image.
+      &quot;namePattern&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image name pattern to allowlist, in the form `registry/path/to/image`. This supports a trailing `*` as a wildcard, but this is allowed only in text after the `registry/` part. `*` wildcard does not match `/`, i.e., `gcr.io/nginx*` matches `gcr.io/nginx@latest`, but it does not match `gcr.io/nginx/image`. This also supports a trailing `**` wildcard which matches subdirectories, i.e., `gcr.io/nginx**` matches `gcr.io/nginx/image`.
     },
   ],
   &quot;clusterAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-cluster admission rules. Cluster spec format: `location.clusterId`. There can be at most one admission rule per cluster spec. A `location` is either a compute zone (e.g. us-central1-a) or a region (e.g. us-central1). For `clusterId` syntax restrictions see https://cloud.google.com/container-engine/reference/rest/v1/projects.zones.clusters.
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A descriptive comment.
   &quot;globalPolicyEvaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Controls the evaluation of a Google-maintained global admission policy for common system-level images. Images not covered by the global policy will be subject to the project admission policy. This setting has no effect when specified inside a global admission policy.
-  &quot;istioServiceIdentityAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-istio-service-identity admission rules. Istio service identity spec format: spiffe:///ns//sa/ or /ns//sa/ e.g. spiffe://example.com/ns/test-ns/sa/default
+  &quot;istioServiceIdentityAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-istio-service-identity admission rules. Istio service identity spec format: `spiffe:///ns//sa/` or `/ns//sa/` e.g. `spiffe://example.com/ns/test-ns/sa/default`
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       &quot;enforcementMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       &quot;evaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
       ],
     },
   },
-  &quot;kubernetesNamespaceAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-namespace admission rules. K8s namespace spec format: [a-z.-]+, e.g. &#x27;some-namespace&#x27;
+  &quot;kubernetesNamespaceAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-namespace admission rules. K8s namespace spec format: `[a-z.-]+`, e.g. `some-namespace`
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       &quot;enforcementMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       &quot;evaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
       ],
     },
   },
-  &quot;kubernetesServiceAccountAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-service-account admission rules. Service account spec format: `namespace:serviceaccount`. e.g. &#x27;test-ns:default&#x27;
+  &quot;kubernetesServiceAccountAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-service-account admission rules. Service account spec format: `namespace:serviceaccount`. e.g. `test-ns:default`
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       &quot;enforcementMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       &quot;evaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.policy.html b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.policy.html
index 49eacbc..779a868 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.policy.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.policy.html
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.systempolicy.html b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.systempolicy.html
index c4d7edc..241732b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.systempolicy.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.systempolicy.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
     { # A policy for Binary Authorization.
   &quot;admissionWhitelistPatterns&quot;: [ # Optional. Admission policy allowlisting. A matching admission request will always be permitted. This feature is typically used to exclude Google or third-party infrastructure images from Binary Authorization policies.
     { # An admission allowlist pattern exempts images from checks by admission rules.
-      &quot;namePattern&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image name pattern to allowlist, in the form `registry/path/to/image`. This supports a trailing `*` as a wildcard, but this is allowed only in text after the `registry/` part. `*` wildcard does not match `/`, i.e., gcr.io/nginx* matches gcr.io/nginx@latest, but it does not match gcr.io/nginx/image. This also supports a trailing `**` wildcard which matches subdirectories, i.e., gcr.io/nginx** matches gcr.io/nginx/image.
+      &quot;namePattern&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image name pattern to allowlist, in the form `registry/path/to/image`. This supports a trailing `*` as a wildcard, but this is allowed only in text after the `registry/` part. `*` wildcard does not match `/`, i.e., `gcr.io/nginx*` matches `gcr.io/nginx@latest`, but it does not match `gcr.io/nginx/image`. This also supports a trailing `**` wildcard which matches subdirectories, i.e., `gcr.io/nginx**` matches `gcr.io/nginx/image`.
     },
   ],
   &quot;clusterAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-cluster admission rules. Cluster spec format: `location.clusterId`. There can be at most one admission rule per cluster spec. A `location` is either a compute zone (e.g. us-central1-a) or a region (e.g. us-central1). For `clusterId` syntax restrictions see https://cloud.google.com/container-engine/reference/rest/v1/projects.zones.clusters.
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A descriptive comment.
   &quot;globalPolicyEvaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Controls the evaluation of a Google-maintained global admission policy for common system-level images. Images not covered by the global policy will be subject to the project admission policy. This setting has no effect when specified inside a global admission policy.
-  &quot;istioServiceIdentityAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-istio-service-identity admission rules. Istio service identity spec format: spiffe:///ns//sa/ or /ns//sa/ e.g. spiffe://example.com/ns/test-ns/sa/default
+  &quot;istioServiceIdentityAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-istio-service-identity admission rules. Istio service identity spec format: `spiffe:///ns//sa/` or `/ns//sa/` e.g. `spiffe://example.com/ns/test-ns/sa/default`
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       &quot;enforcementMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       &quot;evaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
       ],
     },
   },
-  &quot;kubernetesNamespaceAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-namespace admission rules. K8s namespace spec format: [a-z.-]+, e.g. &#x27;some-namespace&#x27;
+  &quot;kubernetesNamespaceAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-namespace admission rules. K8s namespace spec format: `[a-z.-]+`, e.g. `some-namespace`
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       &quot;enforcementMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       &quot;evaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
       ],
     },
   },
-  &quot;kubernetesServiceAccountAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-service-account admission rules. Service account spec format: `namespace:serviceaccount`. e.g. &#x27;test-ns:default&#x27;
+  &quot;kubernetesServiceAccountAdmissionRules&quot;: { # Optional. Per-kubernetes-service-account admission rules. Service account spec format: `namespace:serviceaccount`. e.g. `test-ns:default`
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       &quot;enforcementMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       &quot;evaluationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
index 1481094..90bb75f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -1623,7 +1623,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
index 840d1c0..3fb8b03 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -2406,7 +2406,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -3181,7 +3181,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
index 2638b61..5fd9f4f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -1623,7 +1623,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
index 3ed85ab..50d11af 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -2406,7 +2406,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -3181,7 +3181,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
index 8b570ca..61dda70 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
   &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
   &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token to retrieve the next page of results. It will be empty for the last page of results. Tokens expire in an hour. An error is thrown if an expired token is passed.
   &quot;spaces&quot;: [ # List of spaces in the requested (or first) page.
     { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot.
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
       &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
       &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -1708,7 +1708,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html
index 02b5012..5fa34b9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
   <pre>Returns a membership.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the membership to be retrieved, in the form &quot;spaces/*/members/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY/members/105115627578887013105 (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the membership to be retrieved, in the form &quot;spaces/*/members/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA/members/111111111111111111111 (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Represents a membership relation in Google Chat.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The creation time of the membership a.k.a the time at which the member joined the space, if applicable.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The creation time of the membership a.k.a. the time at which the member joined the space, if applicable.
   &quot;member&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # A user in Google Chat.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user&#x27;s display name.
     &quot;domainId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Obfuscated domain information.
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
   <pre>Lists human memberships in a space.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the space for which membership list is to be fetched, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAMpdlehY (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the space for which membership list is to be fetched, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA (required)
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. The value is capped at 1000. Server may return fewer results than requested. If unspecified, server will default to 100.
   pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
     {
   &quot;memberships&quot;: [ # List of memberships in the requested (or first) page.
     { # Represents a membership relation in Google Chat.
-      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The creation time of the membership a.k.a the time at which the member joined the space, if applicable.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The creation time of the membership a.k.a. the time at which the member joined the space, if applicable.
       &quot;member&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # A user in Google Chat.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user&#x27;s display name.
         &quot;domainId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Obfuscated domain information.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
index b5feba9..b6494b6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -3210,7 +3210,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
@@ -3984,7 +3984,7 @@
     &quot;commandId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the slash command invoked.
   },
   &quot;space&quot;: { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat bot. # The space the message belongs to.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name (only if the space is of type `ROOM`). Please note that this field might not be populated in direct messages between humans.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the space, in the form &quot;spaces/*&quot;. Example: spaces/AAAAAAAAAAAA
     &quot;singleUserBotDm&quot;: True or False, # Whether the space is a DM between a bot and a single human.
     &quot;threaded&quot;: True or False, # Whether the messages are threaded in this space.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html b/docs/dyn/chromepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html
index eeb7ce3..4f803ba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chromepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chromepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Resource representing a policy schema. Next ID: 11
+    { # Resource representing a policy schema. Next ID: 12
   &quot;accessRestrictions&quot;: [ # Output only. Specific access restrictions related to this policy.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -200,6 +200,15 @@
       &quot;noticeValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the field that has a notice. When setting the field to this value, the user may be required to acknowledge the notice message in order for the value to be set.
     },
   ],
+  &quot;policyApiLifeycle&quot;: { # Output only. Current life cycle information.
+    &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description about current life cycle.
+    &quot;endSupport&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # End supporting date for current policy.
+      &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+      &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+    &quot;policyApiLifecycleStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicate current life cycle stage of the policy API.
+  },
   &quot;policyDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Description about the policy schema for user consumption.
   &quot;schemaName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The fully qualified name of the policy schema. This value is used to fill the field `policy_schema` in PolicyValue when calling BatchInheritOrgUnitPolicies or BatchModifyOrgUnitPolicies
   &quot;supportUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. URI to related support article for this schema.
@@ -229,7 +238,7 @@
     { # Response message for listing policy schemas that match a filter.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The page token used to get the next page of policy schemas.
   &quot;policySchemas&quot;: [ # The list of policy schemas that match the query.
-    { # Resource representing a policy schema. Next ID: 11
+    { # Resource representing a policy schema. Next ID: 12
       &quot;accessRestrictions&quot;: [ # Output only. Specific access restrictions related to this policy.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -323,6 +332,15 @@
           &quot;noticeValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the field that has a notice. When setting the field to this value, the user may be required to acknowledge the notice message in order for the value to be set.
         },
       ],
+      &quot;policyApiLifeycle&quot;: { # Output only. Current life cycle information.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description about current life cycle.
+        &quot;endSupport&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # End supporting date for current policy.
+          &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+          &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        &quot;policyApiLifecycleStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicate current life cycle stage of the policy API.
+      },
       &quot;policyDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Description about the policy schema for user consumption.
       &quot;schemaName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The fully qualified name of the policy schema. This value is used to fill the field `policy_schema` in PolicyValue when calling BatchInheritOrgUnitPolicies or BatchModifyOrgUnitPolicies
       &quot;supportUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. URI to related support article for this schema.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.html
index d385a72..37263fb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.html
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html
index d4ceab3..0801c99 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the entitlement is created.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of an entitlement in the form: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id}/entitlements/{entitlement_id}.
     &quot;offer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The offer resource name for which the entitlement is to be created. Takes the form: accounts/{account_id}/offers/{offer_id}.
-    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # Extended entitlement parameters. When creating an entitlement, valid parameter names and values are defined in the Offer.parameter_definitions. The response may include the following output-only Parameters: - assigned_units: The number of licenses assigned to a user. - max_units: The maximum assignable units for a flexible offer. - num_units: The total commitment for commitment-based offers.
+    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # Extended entitlement parameters. When creating an entitlement, valid parameter names and values are defined in the Offer.parameter_definitions. The response may include the following output-only Parameters: - assigned_units: The number of licenses assigned to users. - max_units: The maximum assignable units for a flexible offer. - num_units: The total commitment for commitment-based offers.
       { # Definition for extended entitlement parameters.
         &quot;editable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Specifies whether this parameter is allowed to be changed. For example, for a Google Workspace Business Starter entitlement in commitment plan, num_units is editable when entitlement is active.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the parameter.
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the entitlement is created.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of an entitlement in the form: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id}/entitlements/{entitlement_id}.
   &quot;offer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The offer resource name for which the entitlement is to be created. Takes the form: accounts/{account_id}/offers/{offer_id}.
-  &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # Extended entitlement parameters. When creating an entitlement, valid parameter names and values are defined in the Offer.parameter_definitions. The response may include the following output-only Parameters: - assigned_units: The number of licenses assigned to a user. - max_units: The maximum assignable units for a flexible offer. - num_units: The total commitment for commitment-based offers.
+  &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # Extended entitlement parameters. When creating an entitlement, valid parameter names and values are defined in the Offer.parameter_definitions. The response may include the following output-only Parameters: - assigned_units: The number of licenses assigned to users. - max_units: The maximum assignable units for a flexible offer. - num_units: The total commitment for commitment-based offers.
     { # Definition for extended entitlement parameters.
       &quot;editable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Specifies whether this parameter is allowed to be changed. For example, for a Google Workspace Business Starter entitlement in commitment plan, num_units is editable when entitlement is active.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the parameter.
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the entitlement is created.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of an entitlement in the form: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id}/entitlements/{entitlement_id}.
       &quot;offer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The offer resource name for which the entitlement is to be created. Takes the form: accounts/{account_id}/offers/{offer_id}.
-      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # Extended entitlement parameters. When creating an entitlement, valid parameter names and values are defined in the Offer.parameter_definitions. The response may include the following output-only Parameters: - assigned_units: The number of licenses assigned to a user. - max_units: The maximum assignable units for a flexible offer. - num_units: The total commitment for commitment-based offers.
+      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # Extended entitlement parameters. When creating an entitlement, valid parameter names and values are defined in the Offer.parameter_definitions. The response may include the following output-only Parameters: - assigned_units: The number of licenses assigned to users. - max_units: The maximum assignable units for a flexible offer. - num_units: The total commitment for commitment-based offers.
         { # Definition for extended entitlement parameters.
           &quot;editable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Specifies whether this parameter is allowed to be changed. For example, for a Google Workspace Business Starter entitlement in commitment plan, num_units is editable when entitlement is active.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the parameter.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html
index e6088b1..666be55 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the entitlement is created.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of an entitlement in the form: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id}/entitlements/{entitlement_id}.
       &quot;offer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The offer resource name for which the entitlement is to be created. Takes the form: accounts/{account_id}/offers/{offer_id}.
-      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # Extended entitlement parameters. When creating an entitlement, valid parameter names and values are defined in the Offer.parameter_definitions. The response may include the following output-only Parameters: - assigned_units: The number of licenses assigned to a user. - max_units: The maximum assignable units for a flexible offer. - num_units: The total commitment for commitment-based offers.
+      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # Extended entitlement parameters. When creating an entitlement, valid parameter names and values are defined in the Offer.parameter_definitions. The response may include the following output-only Parameters: - assigned_units: The number of licenses assigned to users. - max_units: The maximum assignable units for a flexible offer. - num_units: The total commitment for commitment-based offers.
         { # Definition for extended entitlement parameters.
           &quot;editable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Specifies whether this parameter is allowed to be changed. For example, for a Google Workspace Business Starter entitlement in commitment plan, num_units is editable when entitlement is active.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the parameter.
@@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the entitlement is created.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of an entitlement in the form: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id}/entitlements/{entitlement_id}.
       &quot;offer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The offer resource name for which the entitlement is to be created. Takes the form: accounts/{account_id}/offers/{offer_id}.
-      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # Extended entitlement parameters. When creating an entitlement, valid parameter names and values are defined in the Offer.parameter_definitions. The response may include the following output-only Parameters: - assigned_units: The number of licenses assigned to a user. - max_units: The maximum assignable units for a flexible offer. - num_units: The total commitment for commitment-based offers.
+      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # Extended entitlement parameters. When creating an entitlement, valid parameter names and values are defined in the Offer.parameter_definitions. The response may include the following output-only Parameters: - assigned_units: The number of licenses assigned to users. - max_units: The maximum assignable units for a flexible offer. - num_units: The total commitment for commitment-based offers.
         { # Definition for extended entitlement parameters.
           &quot;editable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Specifies whether this parameter is allowed to be changed. For example, for a Google Workspace Business Starter entitlement in commitment plan, num_units is editable when entitlement is active.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the parameter.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
index ffa85ca..b629d95 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a Cloud Function that contains user computation executed in response to an event. It encapsulate function and triggers configurations. Next tag: 35
+{ # Describes a Cloud Function that contains user computation executed in response to an event. It encapsulate function and triggers configurations. Next tag: 36
   &quot;availableMemoryMb&quot;: 42, # The amount of memory in MB available for a function. Defaults to 256MB.
   &quot;buildEnvironmentVariables&quot;: { # Build environment variables that shall be available during build time.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a Cloud Function that contains user computation executed in response to an event. It encapsulate function and triggers configurations. Next tag: 35
+    { # Describes a Cloud Function that contains user computation executed in response to an event. It encapsulate function and triggers configurations. Next tag: 36
   &quot;availableMemoryMb&quot;: 42, # The amount of memory in MB available for a function. Defaults to 256MB.
   &quot;buildEnvironmentVariables&quot;: { # Build environment variables that shall be available during build time.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@
 
     { # Response for the `ListFunctions` method.
   &quot;functions&quot;: [ # The functions that match the request.
-    { # Describes a Cloud Function that contains user computation executed in response to an event. It encapsulate function and triggers configurations. Next tag: 35
+    { # Describes a Cloud Function that contains user computation executed in response to an event. It encapsulate function and triggers configurations. Next tag: 36
       &quot;availableMemoryMb&quot;: 42, # The amount of memory in MB available for a function. Defaults to 256MB.
       &quot;buildEnvironmentVariables&quot;: { # Build environment variables that shall be available during build time.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a Cloud Function that contains user computation executed in response to an event. It encapsulate function and triggers configurations. Next tag: 35
+{ # Describes a Cloud Function that contains user computation executed in response to an event. It encapsulate function and triggers configurations. Next tag: 36
   &quot;availableMemoryMb&quot;: 42, # The amount of memory in MB available for a function. Defaults to 256MB.
   &quot;buildEnvironmentVariables&quot;: { # Build environment variables that shall be available during build time.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.customers.userinvitations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.customers.userinvitations.html
index 1e26f6b..b2494e4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.customers.userinvitations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.customers.userinvitations.html
@@ -238,6 +238,10 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A request to send email for inviting target user corresponding to the UserInvitation.
+  &quot;firstAdminInvitationInfo&quot;: { # Message containing first admin invitation info for customers # Optional. First admin invitation info for customers
+    &quot;isFirstAdmin&quot;: True or False, # Optional. To enable First Admin Invitation for Domained Customer
+    &quot;primaryDomain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Domain information of first admin invited
+  },
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.devices.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.devices.html
index 77b9ddd..18cb24b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.devices.html
@@ -177,6 +177,25 @@
     &quot;enabledDeveloperOptions&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether developer options is enabled on device.
     &quot;enabledUsbDebugging&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether USB debugging is enabled on device.
     &quot;encryptionState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Device encryption state.
+    &quot;endpointVerificationSpecificAttributes&quot;: { # Resource representing the Endpoint Verification-specific attributes of a Device. # Output only. Attributes specific to Endpoint Verification devices.
+      &quot;certificateInfo&quot;: [ # Details of certificates.
+        { # Stores information about a certificate.
+          &quot;certificateTemplate&quot;: { # CertificateTemplate (v3 Extension in X.509). # The X.509 extension for CertificateTemplate.
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The template id of the template. Example: &quot;1.3.6.1.4.1.311.21.8.15608621.11768144.5720724.16068415.6889630.81.2472537.7784047&quot;.
+            &quot;majorVersion&quot;: 42, # The Major version of the template. Example: 100.
+            &quot;minorVersion&quot;: 42, # The minor version of the template. Example: 12.
+          },
+          &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The encoded certificate fingerprint.
+          &quot;issuer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the issuer of this certificate.
+          &quot;serialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number of the certificate, Example: &quot;123456789&quot;.
+          &quot;subject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subject name of this certificate.
+          &quot;thumbprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The certificate thumbprint.
+          &quot;validationState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Validation state of this certificate.
+          &quot;validityExpirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Certificate not valid at or after this timestamp.
+          &quot;validityStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Certificate not valid before this timestamp.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
     &quot;imei&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. IMEI number of device if GSM device; empty otherwise.
     &quot;kernelVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Kernel version of the device.
     &quot;lastSyncTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Most recent time when device synced with this service.
@@ -296,6 +315,25 @@
   &quot;enabledDeveloperOptions&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether developer options is enabled on device.
   &quot;enabledUsbDebugging&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether USB debugging is enabled on device.
   &quot;encryptionState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Device encryption state.
+  &quot;endpointVerificationSpecificAttributes&quot;: { # Resource representing the Endpoint Verification-specific attributes of a Device. # Output only. Attributes specific to Endpoint Verification devices.
+    &quot;certificateInfo&quot;: [ # Details of certificates.
+      { # Stores information about a certificate.
+        &quot;certificateTemplate&quot;: { # CertificateTemplate (v3 Extension in X.509). # The X.509 extension for CertificateTemplate.
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The template id of the template. Example: &quot;1.3.6.1.4.1.311.21.8.15608621.11768144.5720724.16068415.6889630.81.2472537.7784047&quot;.
+          &quot;majorVersion&quot;: 42, # The Major version of the template. Example: 100.
+          &quot;minorVersion&quot;: 42, # The minor version of the template. Example: 12.
+        },
+        &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The encoded certificate fingerprint.
+        &quot;issuer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the issuer of this certificate.
+        &quot;serialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number of the certificate, Example: &quot;123456789&quot;.
+        &quot;subject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subject name of this certificate.
+        &quot;thumbprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The certificate thumbprint.
+        &quot;validationState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Validation state of this certificate.
+        &quot;validityExpirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Certificate not valid at or after this timestamp.
+        &quot;validityStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Certificate not valid before this timestamp.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;imei&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. IMEI number of device if GSM device; empty otherwise.
   &quot;kernelVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Kernel version of the device.
   &quot;lastSyncTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Most recent time when device synced with this service.
@@ -361,6 +399,25 @@
       &quot;enabledDeveloperOptions&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether developer options is enabled on device.
       &quot;enabledUsbDebugging&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether USB debugging is enabled on device.
       &quot;encryptionState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Device encryption state.
+      &quot;endpointVerificationSpecificAttributes&quot;: { # Resource representing the Endpoint Verification-specific attributes of a Device. # Output only. Attributes specific to Endpoint Verification devices.
+        &quot;certificateInfo&quot;: [ # Details of certificates.
+          { # Stores information about a certificate.
+            &quot;certificateTemplate&quot;: { # CertificateTemplate (v3 Extension in X.509). # The X.509 extension for CertificateTemplate.
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The template id of the template. Example: &quot;1.3.6.1.4.1.311.21.8.15608621.11768144.5720724.16068415.6889630.81.2472537.7784047&quot;.
+              &quot;majorVersion&quot;: 42, # The Major version of the template. Example: 100.
+              &quot;minorVersion&quot;: 42, # The minor version of the template. Example: 12.
+            },
+            &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The encoded certificate fingerprint.
+            &quot;issuer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the issuer of this certificate.
+            &quot;serialNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serial number of the certificate, Example: &quot;123456789&quot;.
+            &quot;subject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subject name of this certificate.
+            &quot;thumbprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The certificate thumbprint.
+            &quot;validationState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Validation state of this certificate.
+            &quot;validityExpirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Certificate not valid at or after this timestamp.
+            &quot;validityStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Certificate not valid before this timestamp.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;imei&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. IMEI number of device if GSM device; empty otherwise.
       &quot;kernelVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Kernel version of the device.
       &quot;lastSyncTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Most recent time when device synced with this service.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.attachments.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.attachments.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cfd5bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.attachments.html
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.html">Google Cloud Support API</a> . <a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.attachments.html">attachments</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a file attachment on a case or Cloud resource.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Create a file attachment on a case or Cloud resource.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the case to which attachment should be attached. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for the CreateAttachment endpoint.
+  &quot;attachment&quot;: { # Represents a file attached to a support case. # Required. The attachment to be created.
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the attachment was created.
+    &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # Output only. The user who uploaded the attachment. Note, the name and email will be obfuscated if the attachment was uploaded by Google support.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+      &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+      &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The filename of the attachment (e.g. `&quot;graph.jpg&quot;`).
+    &quot;mimeType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The MIME type of the attachment (e.g. text/plain).
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the attachment.
+    &quot;sizeBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the attachment in bytes.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a file attached to a support case.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the attachment was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # Output only. The user who uploaded the attachment. Note, the name and email will be obfuscated if the attachment was uploaded by Google support.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+    &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+  },
+  &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The filename of the attachment (e.g. `&quot;graph.jpg&quot;`).
+  &quot;mimeType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The MIME type of the attachment (e.g. text/plain).
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the attachment.
+  &quot;sizeBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the attachment in bytes.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.caseClassifications.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.caseClassifications.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..941872e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.caseClassifications.html
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.html">Google Cloud Support API</a> . <a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.caseClassifications.html">caseClassifications</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#search">search(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieve valid classifications to be used when creating a support case. The classications are hierarchical, with each classification containing all levels of the hierarchy, separated by " > ". For example "Technical Issue > Compute > Compute Engine".</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#search_next">search_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="search">search(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieve valid classifications to be used when creating a support case. The classications are hierarchical, with each classification containing all levels of the hierarchy, separated by &quot; &gt; &quot;. For example &quot;Technical Issue &gt; Compute &gt; Compute Engine&quot;.
+
+Args:
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of cases fetched with each request.
+  pageToken: string, A token identifying the page of results to return. If unspecified, the first page is retrieved.
+  query: string, An expression written in the Cloud filter language. If non-empty, then only cases whose fields match the filter are returned. If empty, then no messages are filtered out.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for SearchCaseClassifications endpoint.
+  &quot;caseClassifications&quot;: [ # The classifications retrieved.
+    { # A classification object with a product type and value.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the classification.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token to retrieve the next page of results. This should be set in the `page_token` field of subsequent `SearchCaseClassificationsRequest` message that is issued. If unspecified, there are no more results to retrieve.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="search_next">search_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.attachments.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.attachments.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..336bd7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.attachments.html
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.html">Google Cloud Support API</a> . <a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html">cases</a> . <a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.attachments.html">attachments</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieve all attachments associated with a support case.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieve all attachments associated with a support case.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of Case object for which attachments should be listed. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of attachments fetched with each request. If not provided, the default is 10. The maximum page size that will be returned is 100.
+  pageToken: string, A token identifying the page of results to return. If unspecified, the first page is retrieved.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for the ListAttachments endpoint.
+  &quot;attachments&quot;: [ # The list of attachments associated with the given case.
+    { # Represents a file attached to a support case.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the attachment was created.
+      &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # Output only. The user who uploaded the attachment. Note, the name and email will be obfuscated if the attachment was uploaded by Google support.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+        &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+        &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+      },
+      &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The filename of the attachment (e.g. `&quot;graph.jpg&quot;`).
+      &quot;mimeType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The MIME type of the attachment (e.g. text/plain).
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the attachment.
+      &quot;sizeBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the attachment in bytes.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token to retrieve the next page of results. This should be set in the `page_token` field of subsequent `cases.attachments.list` requests. If unspecified, there are no more results to retrieve.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.comments.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.comments.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f5027f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.comments.html
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.html">Google Cloud Support API</a> . <a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html">cases</a> . <a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.comments.html">comments</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Add a new comment to the specified Case.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieve all Comments associated with the Case object.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Add a new comment to the specified Case.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of Case to which this comment should be added. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A comment associated with a support case.
+  &quot;body&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full comment body. Maximum of 120000 characters. This can contain rich text syntax.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this comment was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # Output only. The user or Google Support agent created this comment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+    &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for the comment.
+  &quot;plainTextBody&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An automatically generated plain text version of body with all rich text syntax stripped.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A comment associated with a support case.
+  &quot;body&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full comment body. Maximum of 120000 characters. This can contain rich text syntax.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this comment was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # Output only. The user or Google Support agent created this comment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+    &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for the comment.
+  &quot;plainTextBody&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An automatically generated plain text version of body with all rich text syntax stripped.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieve all Comments associated with the Case object.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of Case object for which comments should be listed. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of comments fetched with each request. Defaults to 10.
+  pageToken: string, A token identifying the page of results to return. If unspecified, the first page is retrieved.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for the ListComments endpoint.
+  &quot;comments&quot;: [ # The list of Comments associated with the given Case.
+    { # A comment associated with a support case.
+      &quot;body&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full comment body. Maximum of 120000 characters. This can contain rich text syntax.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this comment was created.
+      &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # Output only. The user or Google Support agent created this comment.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+        &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+        &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for the comment.
+      &quot;plainTextBody&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An automatically generated plain text version of body with all rich text syntax stripped.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token to retrieve the next page of results. This should be set in the `page_token` field of subsequent `ListCommentsRequest` message that is issued. If unspecified, there are no more results to retrieve.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ad4702
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html
@@ -0,0 +1,529 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.html">Google Cloud Support API</a> . <a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html">cases</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.attachments.html">attachments()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the attachments Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.comments.html">comments()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the comments Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close the specified case.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a new case and associate it with the given Cloud resource.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#escalate">escalate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Escalate a case. Escalating a case will initiate the Cloud Support escalation management process. This operation is only available to certain Customer Care tiers. Go to https://cloud.google.com/support and look for 'Technical support escalations' in the feature list to find out which tiers are able to perform escalations.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieve the specified case.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieve all cases under the specified parent.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Update the specified case. Only a subset of fields (display_name, description, time_zone, subscriber_email_addresses, related_resources, severity, primary_contact, and labels) can be updated.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#search">search(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Search cases using the specified query.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#search_next">search_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Close the specified case.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The fully qualified name of the case resource to be closed. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for the CloseCase endpoint.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A support case.
+  &quot;classification&quot;: { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the classification.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # The user who created the case. Note: The name and email will be obfuscated if the case was created by Google Support.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+    &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A broad description of the issue.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short summary of the issue reported in this case.
+  &quot;escalated&quot;: True or False, # Whether the case is currently escalated.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the case.
+  &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity of this case.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current status of the support case.
+  &quot;subscriberEmailAddresses&quot;: [ # The email addresses to receive updates on this case.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;testCase&quot;: True or False, # Whether this case was created for internal API testing and should not be acted on by the support team.
+  &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timezone of the user who created the support case. It should be in a format IANA recognizes: https://www.iana.org/time-zones. There is no additional validation done by the API.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was last updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Create a new case and associate it with the given Cloud resource.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the Cloud resource under which the case should be created. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A support case.
+  &quot;classification&quot;: { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the classification.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # The user who created the case. Note: The name and email will be obfuscated if the case was created by Google Support.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+    &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A broad description of the issue.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short summary of the issue reported in this case.
+  &quot;escalated&quot;: True or False, # Whether the case is currently escalated.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the case.
+  &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity of this case.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current status of the support case.
+  &quot;subscriberEmailAddresses&quot;: [ # The email addresses to receive updates on this case.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;testCase&quot;: True or False, # Whether this case was created for internal API testing and should not be acted on by the support team.
+  &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timezone of the user who created the support case. It should be in a format IANA recognizes: https://www.iana.org/time-zones. There is no additional validation done by the API.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was last updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A support case.
+  &quot;classification&quot;: { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the classification.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # The user who created the case. Note: The name and email will be obfuscated if the case was created by Google Support.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+    &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A broad description of the issue.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short summary of the issue reported in this case.
+  &quot;escalated&quot;: True or False, # Whether the case is currently escalated.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the case.
+  &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity of this case.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current status of the support case.
+  &quot;subscriberEmailAddresses&quot;: [ # The email addresses to receive updates on this case.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;testCase&quot;: True or False, # Whether this case was created for internal API testing and should not be acted on by the support team.
+  &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timezone of the user who created the support case. It should be in a format IANA recognizes: https://www.iana.org/time-zones. There is no additional validation done by the API.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was last updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="escalate">escalate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Escalate a case. Escalating a case will initiate the Cloud Support escalation management process. This operation is only available to certain Customer Care tiers. Go to https://cloud.google.com/support and look for &#x27;Technical support escalations&#x27; in the feature list to find out which tiers are able to perform escalations.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The fully qualified name of the Case resource to be escalated. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for the EscalateCase endpoint.
+  &quot;escalation&quot;: { # An escalation of a support case. # The escalation object to be sent with the escalation request.
+    &quot;actor&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # Output only. The user or Google Support agent initiated this escalation.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+      &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+      &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this escalation event was created.
+    &quot;justification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A free text description to accompany the `reason` field above. Provides additional context on why the case is being escalated.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for the escalation event.
+    &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The reason why the Case is being escalated.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A support case.
+  &quot;classification&quot;: { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the classification.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # The user who created the case. Note: The name and email will be obfuscated if the case was created by Google Support.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+    &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A broad description of the issue.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short summary of the issue reported in this case.
+  &quot;escalated&quot;: True or False, # Whether the case is currently escalated.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the case.
+  &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity of this case.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current status of the support case.
+  &quot;subscriberEmailAddresses&quot;: [ # The email addresses to receive updates on this case.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;testCase&quot;: True or False, # Whether this case was created for internal API testing and should not be acted on by the support team.
+  &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timezone of the user who created the support case. It should be in a format IANA recognizes: https://www.iana.org/time-zones. There is no additional validation done by the API.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was last updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieve the specified case.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The fully qualified name of a case to be retrieved. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A support case.
+  &quot;classification&quot;: { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the classification.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # The user who created the case. Note: The name and email will be obfuscated if the case was created by Google Support.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+    &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A broad description of the issue.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short summary of the issue reported in this case.
+  &quot;escalated&quot;: True or False, # Whether the case is currently escalated.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the case.
+  &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity of this case.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current status of the support case.
+  &quot;subscriberEmailAddresses&quot;: [ # The email addresses to receive updates on this case.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;testCase&quot;: True or False, # Whether this case was created for internal API testing and should not be acted on by the support team.
+  &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timezone of the user who created the support case. It should be in a format IANA recognizes: https://www.iana.org/time-zones. There is no additional validation done by the API.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was last updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieve all cases under the specified parent.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The fully qualified name of parent resource to list cases under. (required)
+  filter: string, An expression written in the Cloud filter language. If non-empty, then only cases whose fields match the filter are returned. If empty, then no messages are filtered out. Filter strings can use the following fields: - status (Accepted values: OPEN or CLOSED) - severity (Accepted values: S0, S1, S2, S3, or S4) - creator.email with the operators equals (=) and AND. Additionally, a global restriction (with no operator) can be used to search across displayName, description, and comments (e.g. &quot;my search&quot;).
+  orderBy: string, A comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case-insensitive, default sorting order is ascending, redundant space characters are insignificant. Example: `name asc,update_time, create_time desc`
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of cases fetched with each request. Defaults to 10.
+  pageToken: string, A token identifying the page of results to return. If unspecified, the first page is retrieved.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for the ListCases endpoint.
+  &quot;cases&quot;: [ # The list of cases associated with the cloud resource, after any filters have been applied.
+    { # A support case.
+      &quot;classification&quot;: { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the classification.
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation.
+      },
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was created.
+      &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # The user who created the case. Note: The name and email will be obfuscated if the case was created by Google Support.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+        &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+        &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+      },
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A broad description of the issue.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short summary of the issue reported in this case.
+      &quot;escalated&quot;: True or False, # Whether the case is currently escalated.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the case.
+      &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity of this case.
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current status of the support case.
+      &quot;subscriberEmailAddresses&quot;: [ # The email addresses to receive updates on this case.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;testCase&quot;: True or False, # Whether this case was created for internal API testing and should not be acted on by the support team.
+      &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timezone of the user who created the support case. It should be in a format IANA recognizes: https://www.iana.org/time-zones. There is no additional validation done by the API.
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token to retrieve the next page of results. This should be set in the `page_token` field of subsequent `ListCasesRequest` message that is issued. If unspecified, there are no more results to retrieve.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Update the specified case. Only a subset of fields (display_name, description, time_zone, subscriber_email_addresses, related_resources, severity, primary_contact, and labels) can be updated.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource name for the case. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A support case.
+  &quot;classification&quot;: { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the classification.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # The user who created the case. Note: The name and email will be obfuscated if the case was created by Google Support.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+    &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A broad description of the issue.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short summary of the issue reported in this case.
+  &quot;escalated&quot;: True or False, # Whether the case is currently escalated.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the case.
+  &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity of this case.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current status of the support case.
+  &quot;subscriberEmailAddresses&quot;: [ # The email addresses to receive updates on this case.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;testCase&quot;: True or False, # Whether this case was created for internal API testing and should not be acted on by the support team.
+  &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timezone of the user who created the support case. It should be in a format IANA recognizes: https://www.iana.org/time-zones. There is no additional validation done by the API.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, A field that represents attributes of a case object that should be updated as part of this request. Supported values are severity, display_name, and subscriber_email_addresses. If no fields are specified, all supported fields will be updated. WARNING: If you do not provide a field mask then you may accidentally clear some fields. For example, if you leave field mask empty and do not provide a value for subscriber_email_addresses then subscriber_email_addresses will be updated to empty.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A support case.
+  &quot;classification&quot;: { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the classification.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # The user who created the case. Note: The name and email will be obfuscated if the case was created by Google Support.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+    &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A broad description of the issue.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short summary of the issue reported in this case.
+  &quot;escalated&quot;: True or False, # Whether the case is currently escalated.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the case.
+  &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity of this case.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current status of the support case.
+  &quot;subscriberEmailAddresses&quot;: [ # The email addresses to receive updates on this case.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;testCase&quot;: True or False, # Whether this case was created for internal API testing and should not be acted on by the support team.
+  &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timezone of the user who created the support case. It should be in a format IANA recognizes: https://www.iana.org/time-zones. There is no additional validation done by the API.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was last updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="search">search(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Search cases using the specified query.
+
+Args:
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of cases fetched with each request. The default page size is 10.
+  pageToken: string, A token identifying the page of results to return. If unspecified, the first page is retrieved.
+  query: string, An expression written in the Cloud filter language. Filter strings can use the following fields: - organization (A name of the form organizations/) - project (A name of the form projects/) - customer (A name of the form customers/) - state (Accepted values: OPEN or CLOSED) - severity (Accepted values: S0, S1, S2, S3, or S4) - creator.email with the operators equals (=) and AND. Additionally, a global restriction (with no key/operator) can be used to search across display_name, description, and comments (e.g. &quot;my search&quot;). One of organization, project, or customer field must be specified.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for the SearchCases endpoint.
+  &quot;cases&quot;: [ # The list of Case associated with the cloud resource, after any filters have been applied.
+    { # A support case.
+      &quot;classification&quot;: { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the classification.
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation.
+      },
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was created.
+      &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # The user who created the case. Note: The name and email will be obfuscated if the case was created by Google Support.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+        &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+        &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+      },
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A broad description of the issue.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short summary of the issue reported in this case.
+      &quot;escalated&quot;: True or False, # Whether the case is currently escalated.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the case.
+      &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity of this case.
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current status of the support case.
+      &quot;subscriberEmailAddresses&quot;: [ # The email addresses to receive updates on this case.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;testCase&quot;: True or False, # Whether this case was created for internal API testing and should not be acted on by the support team.
+      &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timezone of the user who created the support case. It should be in a format IANA recognizes: https://www.iana.org/time-zones. There is no additional validation done by the API.
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this case was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token to retrieve the next page of results. This should be set in the `page_token` field of subsequent `SearchCaseRequest` message that is issued. If unspecified, there are no more results to retrieve.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="search_next">search_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5960142
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.html
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.html">Google Cloud Support API</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.attachments.html">attachments()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the attachments Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.caseClassifications.html">caseClassifications()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the caseClassifications Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html">cases()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the cases Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.media.html">media()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the media Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</code>
+  <pre>Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+        Args:
+          callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+            form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+            request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+            third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+            error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+            occurred.
+
+        Returns:
+          A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+        </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.media.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.media.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c57e577
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.media.html
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.html">Google Cloud Support API</a> . <a href="cloudsupport_v2beta.media.html">media</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#download">download(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Download a file attachment on a case. Note: HTTP requests must append "?alt=media" to the URL.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#download_media">download_media(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Download a file attachment on a case. Note: HTTP requests must append "?alt=media" to the URL.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#upload">upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a file attachment on a case or Cloud resource.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="download">download(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Download a file attachment on a case. Note: HTTP requests must append &quot;?alt=media&quot; to the URL.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource name of the attachment to be downloaded. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;bigstoreObjectRef&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;blobRef&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;blobstore2Info&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;blobGeneration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;blobId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;downloadReadHandle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;readToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;uploadMetadataContainer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  },
+  &quot;compositeMedia&quot;: [ # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobRef&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobstore2Info&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobGeneration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;downloadReadHandle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;readToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;uploadMetadataContainer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;cosmoBinaryReference&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;crc32cHash&quot;: 42, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;inline&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;length&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;md5Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;objectId&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;objectName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;referenceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;sha1Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;contentTypeInfo&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;bestGuess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;fromBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;fromFileName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;fromHeader&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;fromUrlPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  },
+  &quot;cosmoBinaryReference&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;crc32cHash&quot;: 42, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;diffChecksumsResponse&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;checksumsLocation&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobRef&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobstore2Info&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobGeneration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;downloadReadHandle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;readToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;uploadMetadataContainer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;cosmoBinaryReference&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;crc32cHash&quot;: 42, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;inline&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;length&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;md5Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;objectId&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;objectName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;referenceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;sha1Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    },
+    &quot;chunkSizeBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;objectLocation&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobRef&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobstore2Info&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobGeneration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;downloadReadHandle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;readToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;uploadMetadataContainer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;cosmoBinaryReference&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;crc32cHash&quot;: 42, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;inline&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;length&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;md5Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;objectId&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;objectName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;referenceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;sha1Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    },
+    &quot;objectSizeBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;objectVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  },
+  &quot;diffDownloadResponse&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;objectLocation&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobRef&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobstore2Info&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobGeneration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;downloadReadHandle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;readToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;uploadMetadataContainer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;cosmoBinaryReference&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;crc32cHash&quot;: 42, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;inline&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;length&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;md5Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;objectId&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;objectName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;referenceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;sha1Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;diffUploadRequest&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;checksumsInfo&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobRef&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobstore2Info&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobGeneration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;downloadReadHandle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;readToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;uploadMetadataContainer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;cosmoBinaryReference&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;crc32cHash&quot;: 42, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;inline&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;length&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;md5Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;objectId&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;objectName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;referenceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;sha1Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    },
+    &quot;objectInfo&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobRef&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobstore2Info&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobGeneration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;downloadReadHandle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;readToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;uploadMetadataContainer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;cosmoBinaryReference&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;crc32cHash&quot;: 42, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;inline&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;length&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;md5Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;objectId&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;objectName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;referenceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;sha1Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    },
+    &quot;objectVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  },
+  &quot;diffUploadResponse&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;objectVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;originalObject&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobRef&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;blobstore2Info&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobGeneration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;blobId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;downloadReadHandle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;readToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;uploadMetadataContainer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;cosmoBinaryReference&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;crc32cHash&quot;: 42, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;inline&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;length&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;md5Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;objectId&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+        &quot;objectName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      },
+      &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;referenceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+      &quot;sha1Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;diffVersionResponse&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;objectSizeBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;objectVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  },
+  &quot;downloadParameters&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;allowGzipCompression&quot;: True or False, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;ignoreRange&quot;: True or False, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  },
+  &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;hashVerified&quot;: True or False, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;inline&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;isPotentialRetry&quot;: True or False, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;length&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;md5Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;mediaId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;objectId&quot;: { # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+    &quot;objectName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  },
+  &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;referenceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;sha1Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;sha256Hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;timestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+  &quot;token&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # # gdata.* are outside protos with mising documentation
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="download_media">download_media(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Download a file attachment on a case. Note: HTTP requests must append &quot;?alt=media&quot; to the URL.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource name of the attachment to be downloaded. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  The media object as a string.
+
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="upload">upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Create a file attachment on a case or Cloud resource.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the case to which attachment should be attached. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for the CreateAttachment endpoint.
+  &quot;attachment&quot;: { # Represents a file attached to a support case. # Required. The attachment to be created.
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the attachment was created.
+    &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # Output only. The user who uploaded the attachment. Note, the name and email will be obfuscated if the attachment was uploaded by Google support.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+      &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+      &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The filename of the attachment (e.g. `&quot;graph.jpg&quot;`).
+    &quot;mimeType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The MIME type of the attachment (e.g. text/plain).
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the attachment.
+    &quot;sizeBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the attachment in bytes.
+  },
+}
+
+  media_body: string, The filename of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
+  media_mime_type: string, The MIME type of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a file attached to a support case.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the attachment was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: { # An object containing information about the effective user and authenticated principal responsible for an action. # Output only. The user who uploaded the attachment. Note, the name and email will be obfuscated if the attachment was uploaded by Google support.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name to display for the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. When an email is provided, a display name must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the actor. If not provided, it is inferred from credentials supplied during case creation. If the authenticated principal does not have an email address, one must be provided. When a name is provided, an email must also be provided. This will be obfuscated if the user is a Google Support agent.
+    &quot;googleSupport&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the actor is a Google support actor.
+    &quot;principalId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An ID representing the user that was authenticated when the corresponding action was taken. This will be an email address, if one is available, or some other unique ID. See https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication for more information on types of authentication.
+  },
+  &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The filename of the attachment (e.g. `&quot;graph.jpg&quot;`).
+  &quot;mimeType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The MIME type of the attachment (e.g. text/plain).
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the attachment.
+  &quot;sizeBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the attachment in bytes.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html
index 5a66b4c..c89f06e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html
@@ -120,6 +120,7 @@
     &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # The encryption options for the Cloud Composer environment and its dependencies.Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*. # Optional. The encryption options for the Cloud Composer environment and its dependencies. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
       &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Customer-managed Encryption Key available through Google&#x27;s Key Management Service. Cannot be updated. If not specified, Google-managed key will be used.
     },
+    &quot;environmentSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment.
     &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
@@ -144,6 +145,8 @@
     },
     &quot;nodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes in the Kubernetes Engine cluster that will be used to run this environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
     &quot;privateEnvironmentConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for configuring a Private IP Cloud Composer environment. # The configuration used for the Private IP Cloud Composer environment.
+      &quot;cloudComposerNetworkIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range for Cloud Composer Network in tenant project will be reserved. Needs to be disjoint from private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block and cloud_sql_ipv4_cidr_block. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
+      &quot;cloudComposerNetworkIpv4ReservedRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The IP range reserved for the tenant project&#x27;s Cloud Composer network. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
       &quot;cloudSqlIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range in tenant project will be reserved for Cloud SQL. Needs to be disjoint from `web_server_ipv4_cidr_block`.
       &quot;enablePrivateEnvironment&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If `true`, a Private IP Cloud Composer environment is created. If this field is set to true, `IPAllocationPolicy.use_ip_aliases` must be set to true for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
       &quot;privateClusterConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the private GKE cluster in a Cloud Composer environment. # Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment.
@@ -179,6 +182,26 @@
         },
       ],
     },
+    &quot;workloadsConfig&quot;: { # The Kubernetes workloads configuration for GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. The workloads configuration settings for the GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. The GKE cluster runs Airflow scheduler, web server and workers workloads. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
+      &quot;scheduler&quot;: { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow schedulers. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow schedulers.
+        &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of schedulers.
+        &quot;cpu&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow scheduler replica.
+        &quot;memoryGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow scheduler replica.
+        &quot;storageGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Storage (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow scheduler replica.
+      },
+      &quot;webServer&quot;: { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow web server. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow web server.
+        &quot;cpu&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for Airflow web server.
+        &quot;memoryGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for Airflow web server.
+        &quot;storageGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Storage (GB) request and limit for Airflow web server.
+      },
+      &quot;worker&quot;: { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow workers. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow workers.
+        &quot;cpu&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow worker replica.
+        &quot;maxCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. Maximum number of workers for autoscaling.
+        &quot;memoryGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow worker replica.
+        &quot;minCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. Minimum number of workers for autoscaling.
+        &quot;storageGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Storage (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow worker replica.
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this environment was created.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. User-defined labels for this environment. The labels map can contain no more than 64 entries. Entries of the labels map are UTF8 strings that comply with the following restrictions: * Keys must conform to regexp: \p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62} * Values must conform to regexp: [\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63} * Both keys and values are additionally constrained to be &lt;= 128 bytes in size.
@@ -278,6 +301,7 @@
     &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # The encryption options for the Cloud Composer environment and its dependencies.Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*. # Optional. The encryption options for the Cloud Composer environment and its dependencies. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
       &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Customer-managed Encryption Key available through Google&#x27;s Key Management Service. Cannot be updated. If not specified, Google-managed key will be used.
     },
+    &quot;environmentSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment.
     &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
@@ -302,6 +326,8 @@
     },
     &quot;nodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes in the Kubernetes Engine cluster that will be used to run this environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
     &quot;privateEnvironmentConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for configuring a Private IP Cloud Composer environment. # The configuration used for the Private IP Cloud Composer environment.
+      &quot;cloudComposerNetworkIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range for Cloud Composer Network in tenant project will be reserved. Needs to be disjoint from private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block and cloud_sql_ipv4_cidr_block. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
+      &quot;cloudComposerNetworkIpv4ReservedRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The IP range reserved for the tenant project&#x27;s Cloud Composer network. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
       &quot;cloudSqlIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range in tenant project will be reserved for Cloud SQL. Needs to be disjoint from `web_server_ipv4_cidr_block`.
       &quot;enablePrivateEnvironment&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If `true`, a Private IP Cloud Composer environment is created. If this field is set to true, `IPAllocationPolicy.use_ip_aliases` must be set to true for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
       &quot;privateClusterConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the private GKE cluster in a Cloud Composer environment. # Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment.
@@ -337,6 +363,26 @@
         },
       ],
     },
+    &quot;workloadsConfig&quot;: { # The Kubernetes workloads configuration for GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. The workloads configuration settings for the GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. The GKE cluster runs Airflow scheduler, web server and workers workloads. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
+      &quot;scheduler&quot;: { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow schedulers. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow schedulers.
+        &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of schedulers.
+        &quot;cpu&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow scheduler replica.
+        &quot;memoryGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow scheduler replica.
+        &quot;storageGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Storage (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow scheduler replica.
+      },
+      &quot;webServer&quot;: { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow web server. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow web server.
+        &quot;cpu&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for Airflow web server.
+        &quot;memoryGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for Airflow web server.
+        &quot;storageGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Storage (GB) request and limit for Airflow web server.
+      },
+      &quot;worker&quot;: { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow workers. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow workers.
+        &quot;cpu&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow worker replica.
+        &quot;maxCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. Maximum number of workers for autoscaling.
+        &quot;memoryGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow worker replica.
+        &quot;minCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. Minimum number of workers for autoscaling.
+        &quot;storageGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Storage (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow worker replica.
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this environment was created.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. User-defined labels for this environment. The labels map can contain no more than 64 entries. Entries of the labels map are UTF8 strings that comply with the following restrictions: * Keys must conform to regexp: \p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62} * Values must conform to regexp: [\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63} * Both keys and values are additionally constrained to be &lt;= 128 bytes in size.
@@ -377,6 +423,7 @@
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # The encryption options for the Cloud Composer environment and its dependencies.Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*. # Optional. The encryption options for the Cloud Composer environment and its dependencies. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
           &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Customer-managed Encryption Key available through Google&#x27;s Key Management Service. Cannot be updated. If not specified, Google-managed key will be used.
         },
+        &quot;environmentSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
         &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment.
         &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
           &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
@@ -401,6 +448,8 @@
         },
         &quot;nodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes in the Kubernetes Engine cluster that will be used to run this environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
         &quot;privateEnvironmentConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for configuring a Private IP Cloud Composer environment. # The configuration used for the Private IP Cloud Composer environment.
+          &quot;cloudComposerNetworkIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range for Cloud Composer Network in tenant project will be reserved. Needs to be disjoint from private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block and cloud_sql_ipv4_cidr_block. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
+          &quot;cloudComposerNetworkIpv4ReservedRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The IP range reserved for the tenant project&#x27;s Cloud Composer network. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
           &quot;cloudSqlIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range in tenant project will be reserved for Cloud SQL. Needs to be disjoint from `web_server_ipv4_cidr_block`.
           &quot;enablePrivateEnvironment&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If `true`, a Private IP Cloud Composer environment is created. If this field is set to true, `IPAllocationPolicy.use_ip_aliases` must be set to true for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
           &quot;privateClusterConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the private GKE cluster in a Cloud Composer environment. # Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment.
@@ -436,6 +485,26 @@
             },
           ],
         },
+        &quot;workloadsConfig&quot;: { # The Kubernetes workloads configuration for GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. The workloads configuration settings for the GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. The GKE cluster runs Airflow scheduler, web server and workers workloads. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
+          &quot;scheduler&quot;: { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow schedulers. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow schedulers.
+            &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of schedulers.
+            &quot;cpu&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow scheduler replica.
+            &quot;memoryGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow scheduler replica.
+            &quot;storageGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Storage (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow scheduler replica.
+          },
+          &quot;webServer&quot;: { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow web server. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow web server.
+            &quot;cpu&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for Airflow web server.
+            &quot;memoryGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for Airflow web server.
+            &quot;storageGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Storage (GB) request and limit for Airflow web server.
+          },
+          &quot;worker&quot;: { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow workers. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow workers.
+            &quot;cpu&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow worker replica.
+            &quot;maxCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. Maximum number of workers for autoscaling.
+            &quot;memoryGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow worker replica.
+            &quot;minCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. Minimum number of workers for autoscaling.
+            &quot;storageGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Storage (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow worker replica.
+          },
+        },
       },
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this environment was created.
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. User-defined labels for this environment. The labels map can contain no more than 64 entries. Entries of the labels map are UTF8 strings that comply with the following restrictions: * Keys must conform to regexp: \p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62} * Values must conform to regexp: [\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63} * Both keys and values are additionally constrained to be &lt;= 128 bytes in size.
@@ -484,6 +553,7 @@
     &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # The encryption options for the Cloud Composer environment and its dependencies.Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*. # Optional. The encryption options for the Cloud Composer environment and its dependencies. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
       &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Customer-managed Encryption Key available through Google&#x27;s Key Management Service. Cannot be updated. If not specified, Google-managed key will be used.
     },
+    &quot;environmentSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment.
     &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
@@ -508,6 +578,8 @@
     },
     &quot;nodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes in the Kubernetes Engine cluster that will be used to run this environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
     &quot;privateEnvironmentConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for configuring a Private IP Cloud Composer environment. # The configuration used for the Private IP Cloud Composer environment.
+      &quot;cloudComposerNetworkIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range for Cloud Composer Network in tenant project will be reserved. Needs to be disjoint from private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block and cloud_sql_ipv4_cidr_block. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
+      &quot;cloudComposerNetworkIpv4ReservedRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The IP range reserved for the tenant project&#x27;s Cloud Composer network. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
       &quot;cloudSqlIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range in tenant project will be reserved for Cloud SQL. Needs to be disjoint from `web_server_ipv4_cidr_block`.
       &quot;enablePrivateEnvironment&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If `true`, a Private IP Cloud Composer environment is created. If this field is set to true, `IPAllocationPolicy.use_ip_aliases` must be set to true for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
       &quot;privateClusterConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the private GKE cluster in a Cloud Composer environment. # Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment.
@@ -543,6 +615,26 @@
         },
       ],
     },
+    &quot;workloadsConfig&quot;: { # The Kubernetes workloads configuration for GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. The workloads configuration settings for the GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. The GKE cluster runs Airflow scheduler, web server and workers workloads. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
+      &quot;scheduler&quot;: { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow schedulers. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow schedulers.
+        &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of schedulers.
+        &quot;cpu&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow scheduler replica.
+        &quot;memoryGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow scheduler replica.
+        &quot;storageGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Storage (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow scheduler replica.
+      },
+      &quot;webServer&quot;: { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow web server. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow web server.
+        &quot;cpu&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for Airflow web server.
+        &quot;memoryGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for Airflow web server.
+        &quot;storageGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Storage (GB) request and limit for Airflow web server.
+      },
+      &quot;worker&quot;: { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow workers. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow workers.
+        &quot;cpu&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow worker replica.
+        &quot;maxCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. Maximum number of workers for autoscaling.
+        &quot;memoryGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow worker replica.
+        &quot;minCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. Minimum number of workers for autoscaling.
+        &quot;storageGb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Storage (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow worker replica.
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this environment was created.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. User-defined labels for this environment. The labels map can contain no more than 64 entries. Entries of the labels map are UTF8 strings that comply with the following restrictions: * Keys must conform to regexp: \p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62} * Values must conform to regexp: [\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63} * Both keys and values are additionally constrained to be &lt;= 128 bytes in size.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html
index 342eba9..d4453e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html
@@ -170,11 +170,20 @@
     },
     &quot;environmentSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment.
-    &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: { &quot;startTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T01:00:00Z&quot; &quot;endTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T07:00:00Z&quot; &quot;recurrence&quot;:&quot;FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE&quot; } would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time.
+    &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { &quot;startTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T01:00:00Z&quot; &quot;endTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T07:00:00Z&quot; &quot;recurrence&quot;:&quot;FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE&quot; } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time.
       &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Maintenance window end time. It is used only to calculate the duration of the maintenance window. The value for end_time must be in the future, relative to `start_time`.
       &quot;recurrence&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Maintenance window recurrence. Format is a subset of [RFC-5545](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545) `RRULE`. The only allowed values for `FREQ` field are `FREQ=DAILY` and `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=...` Example values: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE`, `FREQ=DAILY`.
       &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Start time of the first recurrence of the maintenance window.
     },
+    &quot;masterAuthorizedNetworksConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the master authorized networks feature. Enabled master authorized networks will disallow all external traffic to access Kubernetes master through HTTPS except traffic from the given CIDR blocks, Google Compute Engine Public IPs and Google Prod IPs. # Optional. The configuration options for GKE clusters master authorized networks. By default master authorized networks feature is: - in case of private environment: enabled with no external networks allowlisted. - in case of public environment: disabled.
+      &quot;cidrBlocks&quot;: [ # cidr_blocks define up to 50 external networks that could access Kubernetes master through HTTPS.
+        { # CidrBlock contains an optional name and one CIDR block.
+          &quot;cidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # cidr_block must be specified in CIDR notation.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # display_name is a field for users to identify CIDR blocks.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
+    },
     &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
       &quot;enableIpMasqAgent&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Deploys &#x27;ip-masq-agent&#x27; daemon set in the GKE cluster and defines nonMasqueradeCIDRs equals to pod IP range so IP masquerading is used for all destination addresses, except between pods traffic. See: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ip-masquerade-agent
@@ -359,11 +368,20 @@
     },
     &quot;environmentSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment.
-    &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: { &quot;startTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T01:00:00Z&quot; &quot;endTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T07:00:00Z&quot; &quot;recurrence&quot;:&quot;FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE&quot; } would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time.
+    &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { &quot;startTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T01:00:00Z&quot; &quot;endTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T07:00:00Z&quot; &quot;recurrence&quot;:&quot;FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE&quot; } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time.
       &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Maintenance window end time. It is used only to calculate the duration of the maintenance window. The value for end_time must be in the future, relative to `start_time`.
       &quot;recurrence&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Maintenance window recurrence. Format is a subset of [RFC-5545](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545) `RRULE`. The only allowed values for `FREQ` field are `FREQ=DAILY` and `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=...` Example values: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE`, `FREQ=DAILY`.
       &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Start time of the first recurrence of the maintenance window.
     },
+    &quot;masterAuthorizedNetworksConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the master authorized networks feature. Enabled master authorized networks will disallow all external traffic to access Kubernetes master through HTTPS except traffic from the given CIDR blocks, Google Compute Engine Public IPs and Google Prod IPs. # Optional. The configuration options for GKE clusters master authorized networks. By default master authorized networks feature is: - in case of private environment: enabled with no external networks allowlisted. - in case of public environment: disabled.
+      &quot;cidrBlocks&quot;: [ # cidr_blocks define up to 50 external networks that could access Kubernetes master through HTTPS.
+        { # CidrBlock contains an optional name and one CIDR block.
+          &quot;cidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # cidr_block must be specified in CIDR notation.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # display_name is a field for users to identify CIDR blocks.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
+    },
     &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
       &quot;enableIpMasqAgent&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Deploys &#x27;ip-masq-agent&#x27; daemon set in the GKE cluster and defines nonMasqueradeCIDRs equals to pod IP range so IP masquerading is used for all destination addresses, except between pods traffic. See: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ip-masquerade-agent
@@ -489,11 +507,20 @@
         },
         &quot;environmentSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
         &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment.
-        &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: { &quot;startTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T01:00:00Z&quot; &quot;endTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T07:00:00Z&quot; &quot;recurrence&quot;:&quot;FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE&quot; } would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time.
+        &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { &quot;startTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T01:00:00Z&quot; &quot;endTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T07:00:00Z&quot; &quot;recurrence&quot;:&quot;FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE&quot; } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time.
           &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Maintenance window end time. It is used only to calculate the duration of the maintenance window. The value for end_time must be in the future, relative to `start_time`.
           &quot;recurrence&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Maintenance window recurrence. Format is a subset of [RFC-5545](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545) `RRULE`. The only allowed values for `FREQ` field are `FREQ=DAILY` and `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=...` Example values: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE`, `FREQ=DAILY`.
           &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Start time of the first recurrence of the maintenance window.
         },
+        &quot;masterAuthorizedNetworksConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the master authorized networks feature. Enabled master authorized networks will disallow all external traffic to access Kubernetes master through HTTPS except traffic from the given CIDR blocks, Google Compute Engine Public IPs and Google Prod IPs. # Optional. The configuration options for GKE clusters master authorized networks. By default master authorized networks feature is: - in case of private environment: enabled with no external networks allowlisted. - in case of public environment: disabled.
+          &quot;cidrBlocks&quot;: [ # cidr_blocks define up to 50 external networks that could access Kubernetes master through HTTPS.
+            { # CidrBlock contains an optional name and one CIDR block.
+              &quot;cidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # cidr_block must be specified in CIDR notation.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # display_name is a field for users to identify CIDR blocks.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
+        },
         &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
           &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
           &quot;enableIpMasqAgent&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Deploys &#x27;ip-masq-agent&#x27; daemon set in the GKE cluster and defines nonMasqueradeCIDRs equals to pod IP range so IP masquerading is used for all destination addresses, except between pods traffic. See: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ip-masquerade-agent
@@ -627,11 +654,20 @@
     },
     &quot;environmentSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment.
-    &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: { &quot;startTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T01:00:00Z&quot; &quot;endTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T07:00:00Z&quot; &quot;recurrence&quot;:&quot;FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE&quot; } would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time.
+    &quot;maintenanceWindow&quot;: { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { &quot;startTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T01:00:00Z&quot; &quot;endTime&quot;:&quot;2019-08-01T07:00:00Z&quot; &quot;recurrence&quot;:&quot;FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE&quot; } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time.
       &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Maintenance window end time. It is used only to calculate the duration of the maintenance window. The value for end_time must be in the future, relative to `start_time`.
       &quot;recurrence&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Maintenance window recurrence. Format is a subset of [RFC-5545](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545) `RRULE`. The only allowed values for `FREQ` field are `FREQ=DAILY` and `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=...` Example values: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE`, `FREQ=DAILY`.
       &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Start time of the first recurrence of the maintenance window.
     },
+    &quot;masterAuthorizedNetworksConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the master authorized networks feature. Enabled master authorized networks will disallow all external traffic to access Kubernetes master through HTTPS except traffic from the given CIDR blocks, Google Compute Engine Public IPs and Google Prod IPs. # Optional. The configuration options for GKE clusters master authorized networks. By default master authorized networks feature is: - in case of private environment: enabled with no external networks allowlisted. - in case of public environment: disabled.
+      &quot;cidrBlocks&quot;: [ # cidr_blocks define up to 50 external networks that could access Kubernetes master through HTTPS.
+        { # CidrBlock contains an optional name and one CIDR block.
+          &quot;cidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # cidr_block must be specified in CIDR notation.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # display_name is a field for users to identify CIDR blocks.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
+    },
     &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
       &quot;enableIpMasqAgent&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Deploys &#x27;ip-masq-agent&#x27; daemon set in the GKE cluster and defines nonMasqueradeCIDRs equals to pod IP range so IP masquerading is used for all destination addresses, except between pods traffic. See: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ip-masquerade-agent
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html
index bb863d4..1723650 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-        &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+        &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
         &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
         &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
         &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
index 56030e0..f710939 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
               ],
             },
             &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-            &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+            &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
             &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
             &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
             &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -391,6 +391,7 @@
           &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
           &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
             &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
           },
           &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
         },
@@ -629,7 +630,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -753,6 +754,7 @@
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }</pre>
@@ -958,7 +960,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -1082,6 +1084,7 @@
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }
@@ -1206,7 +1209,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-        &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+        &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
         &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
         &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
         &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -1330,6 +1333,7 @@
       &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
         &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
       },
       &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
     },
@@ -1416,7 +1420,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -1540,6 +1544,7 @@
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }
@@ -2034,7 +2039,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -2158,6 +2163,7 @@
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html
index e069554..3f32bd6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
     &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
     &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
     &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
     &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
         &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
     &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
     &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@
     &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
     &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
index 22f3230..51f3c45 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -192,12 +192,12 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#instanceTemplate&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;properties&quot;: { # The instance properties for this instance template.
-    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
+    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableNestedVirtualization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false).
       &quot;threadsPerCore&quot;: 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed.
     },
     &quot;canIpForward&quot;: True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.
-    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options.
+    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableConfidentialCompute&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled.
     },
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer
+    &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableDisplay&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled.
     },
     &quot;guestAccelerators&quot;: [ # A list of guest accelerator cards&#x27; type and count to use for instances created from these properties.
@@ -328,8 +328,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -348,8 +348,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -365,19 +365,19 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;networkPerformanceConfig&quot;: {
+    &quot;networkPerformanceConfig&quot;: { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;totalEgressBandwidthTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon)
-    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
-    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from.
+    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
+    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
+    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or &quot;projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name&quot; to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
+    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options.
+    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.
       &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.
       &quot;enableVtpm&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
@@ -561,12 +561,12 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#instanceTemplate&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;properties&quot;: { # The instance properties for this instance template.
-    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
+    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableNestedVirtualization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false).
       &quot;threadsPerCore&quot;: 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed.
     },
     &quot;canIpForward&quot;: True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.
-    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options.
+    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableConfidentialCompute&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled.
     },
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer
+    &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableDisplay&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled.
     },
     &quot;guestAccelerators&quot;: [ # A list of guest accelerator cards&#x27; type and count to use for instances created from these properties.
@@ -697,8 +697,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -717,8 +717,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -734,19 +734,19 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;networkPerformanceConfig&quot;: {
+    &quot;networkPerformanceConfig&quot;: { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;totalEgressBandwidthTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon)
-    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
-    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from.
+    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
+    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
+    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or &quot;projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name&quot; to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
+    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options.
+    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.
       &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.
       &quot;enableVtpm&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
@@ -894,12 +894,12 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#instanceTemplate&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;properties&quot;: { # The instance properties for this instance template.
-        &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
+        &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           &quot;enableNestedVirtualization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false).
           &quot;threadsPerCore&quot;: 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed.
         },
         &quot;canIpForward&quot;: True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.
-        &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options.
+        &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           &quot;enableConfidentialCompute&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled.
         },
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer
+        &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           &quot;enableDisplay&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled.
         },
         &quot;guestAccelerators&quot;: [ # A list of guest accelerator cards&#x27; type and count to use for instances created from these properties.
@@ -1030,8 +1030,8 @@
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
                 &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
                 &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-                &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-                &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+                &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+                &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
               },
             ],
@@ -1050,8 +1050,8 @@
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
                 &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
                 &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-                &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-                &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+                &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+                &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
               },
             ],
@@ -1067,19 +1067,19 @@
             &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
           },
         ],
-        &quot;networkPerformanceConfig&quot;: {
+        &quot;networkPerformanceConfig&quot;: { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           &quot;totalEgressBandwidthTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
-        &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon)
-        &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
-        &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from.
+        &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
+        &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
+        &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.
           &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or &quot;projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name&quot; to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
-        &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
+        &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options.
+        &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.
           &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.
           &quot;enableVtpm&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
index 444595c..814929a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
@@ -253,8 +253,8 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
   &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
 }
 
@@ -562,8 +562,8 @@
                   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
                   &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
                   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-                  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-                  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+                  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+                  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
                   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
                 },
               ],
@@ -582,8 +582,8 @@
                   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
                   &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
                   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-                  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-                  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+                  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+                  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
                   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
                 },
               ],
@@ -899,12 +899,12 @@
 { # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
   &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum number of instances to create.
   &quot;instanceProperties&quot;: { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
-    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
+    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableNestedVirtualization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false).
       &quot;threadsPerCore&quot;: 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed.
     },
     &quot;canIpForward&quot;: True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.
-    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options.
+    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableConfidentialCompute&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled.
     },
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer
+    &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableDisplay&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled.
     },
     &quot;guestAccelerators&quot;: [ # A list of guest accelerator cards&#x27; type and count to use for instances created from these properties.
@@ -1035,8 +1035,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -1055,8 +1055,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -1072,19 +1072,19 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;networkPerformanceConfig&quot;: {
+    &quot;networkPerformanceConfig&quot;: { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;totalEgressBandwidthTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon)
-    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
-    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from.
+    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
+    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
+    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or &quot;projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name&quot; to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
+    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options.
+    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.
       &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.
       &quot;enableVtpm&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
@@ -1572,8 +1572,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
           &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -1592,8 +1592,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
           &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@
         &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -2292,8 +2292,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
           &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -2312,8 +2312,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
           &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -2642,8 +2642,8 @@
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
               &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
               &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-              &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-              &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+              &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+              &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
             },
           ],
@@ -2662,8 +2662,8 @@
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
               &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
               &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-              &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-              &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+              &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+              &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
             },
           ],
@@ -4788,8 +4788,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
           &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -4808,8 +4808,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
           &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -4994,8 +4994,8 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
   &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
 }
 
@@ -5147,8 +5147,8 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
       &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-      &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-      &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+      &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+      &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
     },
   ],
@@ -5167,8 +5167,8 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
       &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-      &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-      &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+      &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+      &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
index 92de184..8c4ed68 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
@@ -281,8 +281,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -301,8 +301,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon)
+    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
@@ -572,8 +572,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -592,8 +592,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon)
+    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
@@ -828,8 +828,8 @@
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
                 &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
                 &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-                &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-                &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+                &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+                &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
               },
             ],
@@ -848,8 +848,8 @@
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
                 &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
                 &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-                &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-                &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+                &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+                &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
               },
             ],
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@
             &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
           },
         ],
-        &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon)
+        &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
         &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
           &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
           &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
index 456f71e..8f7cb46 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
         &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
index 00ee4bb..263cd55 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -362,6 +362,7 @@
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }</pre>
@@ -570,7 +571,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -694,6 +695,7 @@
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }
@@ -819,7 +821,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-        &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+        &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
         &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
         &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
         &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -943,6 +945,7 @@
       &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
         &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
       },
       &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
     },
@@ -1030,7 +1033,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -1154,6 +1157,7 @@
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }
@@ -1511,7 +1515,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -1635,6 +1639,7 @@
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index 6b6a77d..0a03050 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -138,6 +138,9 @@
   <code><a href="#resize">resize(project, region, instanceGroupManager, size, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Changes the intended size of the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances. The resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#resizeAdvanced">resizeAdvanced(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Resizes the regional managed instance group with advanced configuration options like disabling creation retries. This is an extended version of the resize method. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances. The resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the get or listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setAutoHealingPolicies">setAutoHealingPolicies(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Modifies the autohealing policy for the instances in this managed instance group. [Deprecated] This method is deprecated. Use regionInstanceGroupManagers.patch instead.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -1674,6 +1677,78 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="resizeAdvanced">resizeAdvanced(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Resizes the regional managed instance group with advanced configuration options like disabling creation retries. This is an extended version of the resize method. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances. The resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the get or listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  &quot;noCreationRetries&quot;: True or False, # If this flag is true, the managed instance group attempts to create all instances initiated by this resize request only once. If there is an error during creation, the managed instance group does not retry create this instance, and we will decrease the targetSize of the request instead. If the flag is false, the group attempts to recreate each instance continuously until it succeeds. This flag matters only in the first attempt of creation of an instance. After an instance is successfully created while this flag is enabled, the instance behaves the same way as all the other instances created with a regular resize request. In particular, if a running instance dies unexpectedly at a later time and needs to be recreated, this mode does not affect the recreation behavior in that scenario. This flag is applicable only to the current resize request. It does not influence other resize requests in any way. You can see which instances ar being created in which mode by calling the get or listManagedInstances API.
+  &quot;targetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of running instances that the managed instance group should maintain at any given time. The group automatically adds or removes instances to maintain the number of instances specified by this parameter.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  &quot;clientOperationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    &quot;errors&quot;: [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;httpErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  &quot;httpErrorStatusCode&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#operation&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  &quot;operationGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  &quot;progress&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+  &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      &quot;data&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: &quot;data&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;scope&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;zones/us-east1-d&quot; }
+        {
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setAutoHealingPolicies">setAutoHealingPolicies(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Modifies the autohealing policy for the instances in this managed instance group. [Deprecated] This method is deprecated. Use regionInstanceGroupManagers.patch instead.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
index de7eafe..aa37f56 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
@@ -94,12 +94,12 @@
 { # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
   &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum number of instances to create.
   &quot;instanceProperties&quot;: { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
-    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
+    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableNestedVirtualization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false).
       &quot;threadsPerCore&quot;: 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed.
     },
     &quot;canIpForward&quot;: True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.
-    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options.
+    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableConfidentialCompute&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled.
     },
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer
+    &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableDisplay&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled.
     },
     &quot;guestAccelerators&quot;: [ # A list of guest accelerator cards&#x27; type and count to use for instances created from these properties.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -250,8 +250,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -267,19 +267,19 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;networkPerformanceConfig&quot;: {
+    &quot;networkPerformanceConfig&quot;: { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;totalEgressBandwidthTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon)
-    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
-    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from.
+    &quot;postKeyRevocationActionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
+    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
+    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or &quot;projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name&quot; to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
+    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options.
+    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.
       &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.
       &quot;enableVtpm&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html
index d13f4ff..505bf77 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html
@@ -212,12 +212,14 @@
               &quot;drainNatIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
+              &quot;enableDynamicPortAllocation&quot;: True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
               &quot;enableEndpointIndependentMapping&quot;: True or False,
               &quot;icmpIdleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
               &quot;logConfig&quot;: { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
                 &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
                 &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful.
               },
+              &quot;maxPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
               &quot;minPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035.
               &quot;natIpAllocateOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can&#x27;t specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty.
@@ -459,12 +461,14 @@
       &quot;drainNatIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;enableDynamicPortAllocation&quot;: True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
       &quot;enableEndpointIndependentMapping&quot;: True or False,
       &quot;icmpIdleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
       &quot;logConfig&quot;: { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
         &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
         &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful.
       },
+      &quot;maxPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
       &quot;minPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035.
       &quot;natIpAllocateOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can&#x27;t specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty.
@@ -928,12 +932,14 @@
       &quot;drainNatIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;enableDynamicPortAllocation&quot;: True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
       &quot;enableEndpointIndependentMapping&quot;: True or False,
       &quot;icmpIdleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
       &quot;logConfig&quot;: { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
         &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
         &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful.
       },
+      &quot;maxPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
       &quot;minPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035.
       &quot;natIpAllocateOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can&#x27;t specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty.
@@ -1124,12 +1130,14 @@
           &quot;drainNatIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
+          &quot;enableDynamicPortAllocation&quot;: True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
           &quot;enableEndpointIndependentMapping&quot;: True or False,
           &quot;icmpIdleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
           &quot;logConfig&quot;: { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
             &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
             &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful.
           },
+          &quot;maxPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
           &quot;minPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035.
           &quot;natIpAllocateOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can&#x27;t specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty.
@@ -1282,12 +1290,14 @@
       &quot;drainNatIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;enableDynamicPortAllocation&quot;: True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
       &quot;enableEndpointIndependentMapping&quot;: True or False,
       &quot;icmpIdleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
       &quot;logConfig&quot;: { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
         &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
         &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful.
       },
+      &quot;maxPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
       &quot;minPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035.
       &quot;natIpAllocateOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can&#x27;t specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty.
@@ -1466,12 +1476,14 @@
       &quot;drainNatIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;enableDynamicPortAllocation&quot;: True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
       &quot;enableEndpointIndependentMapping&quot;: True or False,
       &quot;icmpIdleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
       &quot;logConfig&quot;: { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
         &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
         &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful.
       },
+      &quot;maxPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
       &quot;minPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035.
       &quot;natIpAllocateOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can&#x27;t specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty.
@@ -1592,12 +1604,14 @@
         &quot;drainNatIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
+        &quot;enableDynamicPortAllocation&quot;: True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
         &quot;enableEndpointIndependentMapping&quot;: True or False,
         &quot;icmpIdleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
         &quot;logConfig&quot;: { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
           &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
           &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful.
         },
+        &quot;maxPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
         &quot;minPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035.
         &quot;natIpAllocateOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can&#x27;t specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty.
@@ -1754,12 +1768,14 @@
       &quot;drainNatIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;enableDynamicPortAllocation&quot;: True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
       &quot;enableEndpointIndependentMapping&quot;: True or False,
       &quot;icmpIdleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
       &quot;logConfig&quot;: { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
         &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
         &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful.
       },
+      &quot;maxPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.
       &quot;minPortsPerVm&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035.
       &quot;natIpAllocateOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can&#x27;t specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html
index a7e105b..2c3a7dd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
       },
     ],
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
       },
     ],
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-        &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+        &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
         &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
         &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
         &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@
       },
     ],
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@
       },
     ],
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
index 72e77f0..469a904 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
               ],
             },
             &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-            &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+            &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
             &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
             &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
             &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-        &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+        &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
         &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
         &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
         &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html
index 094651e..0858c59 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
     &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
     &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
     &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
     &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@
         &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
     &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
     &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@
     &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
     &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
index bf76bb2..29e1a4c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -192,12 +192,12 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#instanceTemplate&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;properties&quot;: { # The instance properties for this instance template.
-    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
+    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableNestedVirtualization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false).
       &quot;threadsPerCore&quot;: 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed.
     },
     &quot;canIpForward&quot;: True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.
-    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options.
+    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableConfidentialCompute&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled.
     },
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -315,8 +315,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -335,8 +335,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -352,15 +352,15 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
-    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from.
+    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
+    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or &quot;projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name&quot; to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
+    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options.
+    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.
       &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.
       &quot;enableVtpm&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
@@ -534,12 +534,12 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#instanceTemplate&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;properties&quot;: { # The instance properties for this instance template.
-    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
+    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableNestedVirtualization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false).
       &quot;threadsPerCore&quot;: 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed.
     },
     &quot;canIpForward&quot;: True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.
-    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options.
+    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableConfidentialCompute&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled.
     },
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -657,8 +657,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -677,8 +677,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -694,15 +694,15 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
-    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from.
+    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
+    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or &quot;projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name&quot; to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
+    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options.
+    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.
       &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.
       &quot;enableVtpm&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
@@ -840,12 +840,12 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#instanceTemplate&quot;, # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;properties&quot;: { # The instance properties for this instance template.
-        &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
+        &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           &quot;enableNestedVirtualization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false).
           &quot;threadsPerCore&quot;: 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed.
         },
         &quot;canIpForward&quot;: True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.
-        &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options.
+        &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           &quot;enableConfidentialCompute&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled.
         },
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -963,8 +963,8 @@
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
                 &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
                 &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-                &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-                &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+                &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+                &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
               },
             ],
@@ -983,8 +983,8 @@
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
                 &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
                 &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-                &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-                &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+                &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+                &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
               },
             ],
@@ -1000,15 +1000,15 @@
             &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
           },
         ],
-        &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
-        &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from.
+        &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
+        &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.
           &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or &quot;projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name&quot; to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
-        &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
+        &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options.
+        &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.
           &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.
           &quot;enableVtpm&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
index cebcdff..d251b63 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
@@ -235,8 +235,8 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
   &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
 }
 
@@ -533,8 +533,8 @@
                   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
                   &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
                   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-                  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-                  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+                  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+                  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
                   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
                 },
               ],
@@ -553,8 +553,8 @@
                   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
                   &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
                   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-                  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-                  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+                  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+                  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
                   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
                 },
               ],
@@ -835,12 +835,12 @@
 { # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
   &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum number of instances to create.
   &quot;instanceProperties&quot;: { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
-    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
+    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableNestedVirtualization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false).
       &quot;threadsPerCore&quot;: 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed.
     },
     &quot;canIpForward&quot;: True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.
-    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options.
+    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableConfidentialCompute&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled.
     },
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -958,8 +958,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -978,8 +978,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -995,15 +995,15 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
-    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from.
+    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
+    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or &quot;projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name&quot; to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
+    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options.
+    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.
       &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.
       &quot;enableVtpm&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
@@ -1470,8 +1470,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
           &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -1490,8 +1490,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
           &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@
         &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -2048,8 +2048,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
           &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -2068,8 +2068,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
           &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -2361,8 +2361,8 @@
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
               &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
               &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-              &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-              &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+              &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+              &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
             },
           ],
@@ -2381,8 +2381,8 @@
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
               &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
               &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-              &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-              &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+              &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+              &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
             },
           ],
@@ -4169,8 +4169,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
           &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -4189,8 +4189,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
           &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+          &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+          &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -4350,8 +4350,8 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
   &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+  &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+  &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
 }
 
@@ -4503,8 +4503,8 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
       &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-      &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-      &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+      &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+      &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
     },
   ],
@@ -4523,8 +4523,8 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
       &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-      &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-      &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+      &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+      &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html
index 0709dae..0602274 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@
         &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
index 369c789..a9e9b54 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-        &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+        &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
         &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
         &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
         &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;cacheMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google&#x27;s edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any &quot;private&quot;, &quot;no-store&quot; or &quot;no-cache&quot; directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
-    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day).
+    &quot;clientTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a &quot;public&quot; directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a &quot;public&quot; cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
     &quot;defaultTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;maxTtl&quot;: 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of &quot;0&quot; means &quot;always revalidate&quot;. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
     &quot;negativeCaching&quot;: True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html
index 2199ce6..662af97 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html
@@ -146,6 +146,9 @@
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
               &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
               &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+              &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+                &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+              },
               &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
                 &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
                 &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -277,6 +280,9 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+      &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+      },
       &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
         &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
         &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -353,6 +359,9 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+      &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+      },
       &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
         &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
         &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -497,6 +506,9 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+          &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+            &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+          },
           &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
             &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
             &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
index d2d1189..320ac72 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
@@ -94,12 +94,12 @@
 { # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
   &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum number of instances to create.
   &quot;instanceProperties&quot;: { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
-    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
+    &quot;advancedMachineFeatures&quot;: { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableNestedVirtualization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false).
       &quot;threadsPerCore&quot;: 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed.
     },
     &quot;canIpForward&quot;: True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.
-    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options.
+    &quot;confidentialInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableConfidentialCompute&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled.
     },
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -217,8 +217,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
             &quot;natIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
             &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
-            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
-            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+            &quot;publicPtrDomainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.
+            &quot;setPublicPtr&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS &#x27;PTR&#x27; record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;ONE_TO_ONE_NAT&quot;, # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -254,15 +254,15 @@
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
     ],
-    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
-    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from.
+    &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
+    &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or &quot;projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name&quot; to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
+    &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options.
+    &quot;shieldedInstanceConfig&quot;: { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.
       &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.
       &quot;enableVtpm&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html
index 332f50b..b593f80 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html
@@ -145,6 +145,9 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+          &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+            &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+          },
           &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
             &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
             &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -310,6 +313,9 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+    &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+  },
   &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
     &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
     &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -461,6 +467,9 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+    &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+  },
   &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
     &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
     &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -575,6 +584,9 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+      &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+      },
       &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
         &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
         &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html
index 70d4317..af1113b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html
@@ -732,6 +732,66 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;bfdStatus&quot;: { # Next free: 15
+          &quot;bfdSessionInitializationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer.
+          &quot;configUpdateTimestampMicros&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unix timestamp of the most recent config update.
+          &quot;controlPacketCounts&quot;: { # Control packet counts for the current BFD session.
+            &quot;numRx&quot;: 42, # Number of packets received since the beginning of the current BFD session.
+            &quot;numRxRejected&quot;: 42, # Number of packets received that were rejected because of errors since the beginning of the current BFD session.
+            &quot;numRxSuccessful&quot;: 42, # Number of packets received that were successfully processed since the beginning of the current BFD session.
+            &quot;numTx&quot;: 42, # Number of packets transmitted since the beginning of the current BFD session.
+          },
+          &quot;controlPacketIntervals&quot;: [ # Inter-packet time interval statistics for control packets.
+            { # Next free: 7
+              &quot;avgMs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Average observed inter-packet interval in milliseconds.
+              &quot;duration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From how long ago in the past these intervals were observed.
+              &quot;maxMs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum observed inter-packet interval in milliseconds.
+              &quot;minMs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum observed inter-packet interval in milliseconds.
+              &quot;numIntervals&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of inter-packet intervals from which these statistics were derived.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of packets for which inter-packet intervals were computed.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;localDiagnostic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The diagnostic code specifies the local system&#x27;s reason for the last change in session state. This allows remote systems to determine the reason that the previous session failed, for example. These diagnostic codes are specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+          &quot;localState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current BFD session state as seen by the transmitting system. These states are specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+          &quot;negotiatedLocalControlTxIntervalMs&quot;: 42, # Negotiated transmit interval for control packets.
+          &quot;rxPacket&quot;: { # The most recent Rx control packet for this BFD session.
+            &quot;authenticationPresent&quot;: True or False, # The Authentication Present bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;controlPlaneIndependent&quot;: True or False, # The Control Plane Independent bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;demand&quot;: True or False, # The demand bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;diagnostic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The diagnostic code specifies the local system&#x27;s reason for the last change in session state. This allows remote systems to determine the reason that the previous session failed, for example. These diagnostic codes are specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;final&quot;: True or False, # The Final bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;length&quot;: 42, # The length of the BFD Control packet in bytes. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;minEchoRxIntervalMs&quot;: 42, # The Required Min Echo RX Interval value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;minRxIntervalMs&quot;: 42, # The Required Min RX Interval value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;minTxIntervalMs&quot;: 42, # The Desired Min TX Interval value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The detection time multiplier of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;multipoint&quot;: True or False, # The multipoint bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;myDiscriminator&quot;: 42, # The My Discriminator value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;poll&quot;: True or False, # The Poll bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current BFD session state as seen by the transmitting system. These states are specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;version&quot;: 42, # The version number of the BFD protocol, as specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880.
+            &quot;yourDiscriminator&quot;: 42, # The Your Discriminator value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+          },
+          &quot;txPacket&quot;: { # The most recent Tx control packet for this BFD session.
+            &quot;authenticationPresent&quot;: True or False, # The Authentication Present bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;controlPlaneIndependent&quot;: True or False, # The Control Plane Independent bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;demand&quot;: True or False, # The demand bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;diagnostic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The diagnostic code specifies the local system&#x27;s reason for the last change in session state. This allows remote systems to determine the reason that the previous session failed, for example. These diagnostic codes are specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;final&quot;: True or False, # The Final bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;length&quot;: 42, # The length of the BFD Control packet in bytes. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;minEchoRxIntervalMs&quot;: 42, # The Required Min Echo RX Interval value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;minRxIntervalMs&quot;: 42, # The Required Min RX Interval value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;minTxIntervalMs&quot;: 42, # The Desired Min TX Interval value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;multiplier&quot;: 42, # The detection time multiplier of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;multipoint&quot;: True or False, # The multipoint bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;myDiscriminator&quot;: 42, # The My Discriminator value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;poll&quot;: True or False, # The Poll bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current BFD session state as seen by the transmitting system. These states are specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+            &quot;version&quot;: 42, # The version number of the BFD protocol, as specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880.
+            &quot;yourDiscriminator&quot;: 42, # The Your Discriminator value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880
+          },
+          &quot;uptimeMs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Session uptime in milliseconds. Value will be 0 if session is not up.
+        },
         &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the local BGP interface.
         &quot;linkedVpnTunnel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the VPN tunnel that this BGP peer controls.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this BGP peer. Unique within the Routers resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
index 9de9841..12aca1d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for GetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;options&quot;: { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A GetPolicyOptions object for specifying options to GetIamPolicy.
-    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
index b0c0ec6..9b73751 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for GetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;options&quot;: { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A GetPolicyOptions object for specifying options to GetIamPolicy.
-    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
index 32b9af3..5b2a66f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for GetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;options&quot;: { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A GetPolicyOptions object for specifying options to GetIamPolicy.
-    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
index 730b42b..8304fec 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for GetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;options&quot;: { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A GetPolicyOptions object for specifying options to GetIamPolicy.
-    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html
index 877e711..487c553 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for GetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;options&quot;: { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A GetPolicyOptions object for specifying options to GetIamPolicy.
-    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html
index 3890db0..2599513 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for GetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;options&quot;: { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A GetPolicyOptions object for specifying options to GetIamPolicy.
-    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
index 47b4b33..c536740 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for GetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;options&quot;: { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A GetPolicyOptions object for specifying options to GetIamPolicy.
-    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.streams.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.streams.html
index c81e345..a85efb8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.streams.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.streams.html
@@ -167,6 +167,7 @@
   &quot;backfillNone&quot;: { # Backfill strategy to disable automatic backfill for the Stream&#x27;s objects. # Do not automatically backfill any objects.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of the stream.
+  &quot;customerManagedEncryptionKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. A reference to a KMS encryption key. If provided, it will be used to encrypt the data. If left blank, data will be encrypted using an internal Stream-specific encryption key provisioned through KMS.
   &quot;destinationConfig&quot;: { # The configuration of the stream destination. # Required. Destination connection profile configuration.
     &quot;destinationConnectionProfileName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Destination connection profile identifier.
     &quot;gcsDestinationConfig&quot;: { # Google Cloud Storage destination configuration
@@ -483,6 +484,7 @@
   &quot;backfillNone&quot;: { # Backfill strategy to disable automatic backfill for the Stream&#x27;s objects. # Do not automatically backfill any objects.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of the stream.
+  &quot;customerManagedEncryptionKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. A reference to a KMS encryption key. If provided, it will be used to encrypt the data. If left blank, data will be encrypted using an internal Stream-specific encryption key provisioned through KMS.
   &quot;destinationConfig&quot;: { # The configuration of the stream destination. # Required. Destination connection profile configuration.
     &quot;destinationConnectionProfileName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Destination connection profile identifier.
     &quot;gcsDestinationConfig&quot;: { # Google Cloud Storage destination configuration
@@ -697,6 +699,7 @@
       &quot;backfillNone&quot;: { # Backfill strategy to disable automatic backfill for the Stream&#x27;s objects. # Do not automatically backfill any objects.
       },
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of the stream.
+      &quot;customerManagedEncryptionKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. A reference to a KMS encryption key. If provided, it will be used to encrypt the data. If left blank, data will be encrypted using an internal Stream-specific encryption key provisioned through KMS.
       &quot;destinationConfig&quot;: { # The configuration of the stream destination. # Required. Destination connection profile configuration.
         &quot;destinationConnectionProfileName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Destination connection profile identifier.
         &quot;gcsDestinationConfig&quot;: { # Google Cloud Storage destination configuration
@@ -918,6 +921,7 @@
   &quot;backfillNone&quot;: { # Backfill strategy to disable automatic backfill for the Stream&#x27;s objects. # Do not automatically backfill any objects.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of the stream.
+  &quot;customerManagedEncryptionKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. A reference to a KMS encryption key. If provided, it will be used to encrypt the data. If left blank, data will be encrypted using an internal Stream-specific encryption key provisioned through KMS.
   &quot;destinationConfig&quot;: { # The configuration of the stream destination. # Required. Destination connection profile configuration.
     &quot;destinationConnectionProfileName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Destination connection profile identifier.
     &quot;gcsDestinationConfig&quot;: { # Google Cloud Storage destination configuration
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.managedZoneOperations.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.managedZoneOperations.html
index f1c3b99..797ddd5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.managedZoneOperations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.managedZoneOperations.html
@@ -156,6 +156,10 @@
   &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User who requested the operation, for example: user@example.com. cloud-dns-system for operations automatically done by the system. (output only)
   &quot;zoneContext&quot;: { # Only populated if the operation targeted a ManagedZone (output only).
     &quot;newValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The post-operation ManagedZone resource.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -223,6 +227,10 @@
       &quot;visibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The zone&#x27;s visibility: public zones are exposed to the Internet, while private zones are visible only to Virtual Private Cloud resources.
     },
     &quot;oldValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The pre-operation ManagedZone resource.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -368,6 +376,10 @@
       &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User who requested the operation, for example: user@example.com. cloud-dns-system for operations automatically done by the system. (output only)
       &quot;zoneContext&quot;: { # Only populated if the operation targeted a ManagedZone (output only).
         &quot;newValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The post-operation ManagedZone resource.
+          &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+            &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+            &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+          },
           &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
           &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -435,6 +447,10 @@
           &quot;visibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The zone&#x27;s visibility: public zones are exposed to the Internet, while private zones are visible only to Virtual Private Cloud resources.
         },
         &quot;oldValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The pre-operation ManagedZone resource.
+          &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+            &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+            &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+          },
           &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
           &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.managedZones.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.managedZones.html
index 74e8d51..c6c4ab1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.managedZones.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.managedZones.html
@@ -114,6 +114,10 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service.
+  &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+    &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+  },
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
   &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -191,6 +195,10 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service.
+  &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+    &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+  },
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
   &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -291,6 +299,10 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service.
+  &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+    &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+  },
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
   &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -383,6 +395,10 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZonesListResponse&quot;, # Type of resource.
   &quot;managedZones&quot;: [ # The managed zone resources.
     { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -479,6 +495,10 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service.
+  &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+    &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+  },
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
   &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -602,6 +622,10 @@
   &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User who requested the operation, for example: user@example.com. cloud-dns-system for operations automatically done by the system. (output only)
   &quot;zoneContext&quot;: { # Only populated if the operation targeted a ManagedZone (output only).
     &quot;newValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The post-operation ManagedZone resource.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -669,6 +693,10 @@
       &quot;visibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The zone&#x27;s visibility: public zones are exposed to the Internet, while private zones are visible only to Virtual Private Cloud resources.
     },
     &quot;oldValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The pre-operation ManagedZone resource.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -750,6 +778,10 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service.
+  &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+    &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+  },
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
   &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -873,6 +905,10 @@
   &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User who requested the operation, for example: user@example.com. cloud-dns-system for operations automatically done by the system. (output only)
   &quot;zoneContext&quot;: { # Only populated if the operation targeted a ManagedZone (output only).
     &quot;newValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The post-operation ManagedZone resource.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -940,6 +976,10 @@
       &quot;visibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The zone&#x27;s visibility: public zones are exposed to the Internet, while private zones are visible only to Virtual Private Cloud resources.
     },
     &quot;oldValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The pre-operation ManagedZone resource.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.managedZoneOperations.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.managedZoneOperations.html
index 1c7da52..93a32e6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.managedZoneOperations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.managedZoneOperations.html
@@ -156,6 +156,10 @@
   &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User who requested the operation, for example: user@example.com. cloud-dns-system for operations automatically done by the system. (output only)
   &quot;zoneContext&quot;: { # Only populated if the operation targeted a ManagedZone (output only).
     &quot;newValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The post-operation ManagedZone resource.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -230,6 +234,10 @@
       &quot;visibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The zone&#x27;s visibility: public zones are exposed to the Internet, while private zones are visible only to Virtual Private Cloud resources.
     },
     &quot;oldValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The pre-operation ManagedZone resource.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -382,6 +390,10 @@
       &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User who requested the operation, for example: user@example.com. cloud-dns-system for operations automatically done by the system. (output only)
       &quot;zoneContext&quot;: { # Only populated if the operation targeted a ManagedZone (output only).
         &quot;newValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The post-operation ManagedZone resource.
+          &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+            &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+            &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+          },
           &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
           &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -456,6 +468,10 @@
           &quot;visibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The zone&#x27;s visibility: public zones are exposed to the Internet, while private zones are visible only to Virtual Private Cloud resources.
         },
         &quot;oldValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The pre-operation ManagedZone resource.
+          &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+            &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+            &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+          },
           &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
           &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.managedZones.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.managedZones.html
index 7d0e058..235b3b1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.managedZones.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.managedZones.html
@@ -114,6 +114,10 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service.
+  &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+    &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+  },
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
   &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -198,6 +202,10 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service.
+  &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+    &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+  },
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
   &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -305,6 +313,10 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service.
+  &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+    &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+  },
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
   &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -404,6 +416,10 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZonesListResponse&quot;, # Type of resource.
   &quot;managedZones&quot;: [ # The managed zone resources.
     { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -507,6 +523,10 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service.
+  &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+    &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+  },
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
   &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -637,6 +657,10 @@
   &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User who requested the operation, for example: user@example.com. cloud-dns-system for operations automatically done by the system. (output only)
   &quot;zoneContext&quot;: { # Only populated if the operation targeted a ManagedZone (output only).
     &quot;newValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The post-operation ManagedZone resource.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -711,6 +735,10 @@
       &quot;visibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The zone&#x27;s visibility: public zones are exposed to the Internet, while private zones are visible only to Virtual Private Cloud resources.
     },
     &quot;oldValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The pre-operation ManagedZone resource.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -799,6 +827,10 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service.
+  &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+    &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+  },
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
   &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -929,6 +961,10 @@
   &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User who requested the operation, for example: user@example.com. cloud-dns-system for operations automatically done by the system. (output only)
   &quot;zoneContext&quot;: { # Only populated if the operation targeted a ManagedZone (output only).
     &quot;newValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The post-operation ManagedZone resource.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
@@ -1003,6 +1039,10 @@
       &quot;visibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The zone&#x27;s visibility: public zones are exposed to the Internet, while private zones are visible only to Virtual Private Cloud resources.
     },
     &quot;oldValue&quot;: { # A zone is a subtree of the DNS namespace under one administrative responsibility. A ManagedZone is a resource that represents a DNS zone hosted by the Cloud DNS service. # The pre-operation ManagedZone resource.
+      &quot;cloudLoggingConfig&quot;: { # Cloud Logging configurations for publicly visible zones.
+        &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # If set, enable query logging for this ManagedZone. False by default, making logging opt-in.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#managedZoneCloudLoggingConfig&quot;,
+      },
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time that this resource was created on the server. This is in RFC3339 text format. Output only.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A mutable string of at most 1024 characters associated with this resource for the user&#x27;s convenience. Has no effect on the managed zone&#x27;s function.
       &quot;dnsName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS name of this managed zone, for instance &quot;example.com.&quot;.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
index 2a1c182..2381638 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -175,7 +175,11 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -230,31 +234,16 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -274,7 +263,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -294,7 +287,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -315,26 +312,7 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -345,7 +323,11 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -377,31 +359,16 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -421,7 +388,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -441,7 +412,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -462,26 +437,7 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -515,7 +471,11 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -603,31 +563,16 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -647,7 +592,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -667,7 +616,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -688,26 +641,7 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -718,7 +652,11 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -750,31 +688,16 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -794,7 +717,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -814,7 +741,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -835,26 +766,7 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -878,7 +790,11 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -918,7 +834,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -956,7 +876,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1022,7 +946,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1075,7 +1003,11 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1185,7 +1117,11 @@
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1233,7 +1169,11 @@
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1267,7 +1207,11 @@
             },
             &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
             &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1320,7 +1264,11 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1406,7 +1354,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1454,7 +1406,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1488,7 +1444,11 @@
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1533,7 +1493,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1585,7 +1549,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1625,7 +1593,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1699,7 +1671,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1747,7 +1723,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1781,7 +1761,11 @@
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1825,7 +1809,11 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1882,31 +1870,16 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1926,7 +1899,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1946,7 +1923,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1967,26 +1948,7 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -1997,7 +1959,11 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2029,31 +1995,16 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2073,7 +2024,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2093,7 +2048,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2114,26 +2073,7 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -2159,7 +2099,11 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index 085648c..9ec3343 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -161,6 +161,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;validationConfig&quot;: { # Contains the configuration for FHIR profiles and validation. # Configuration for how to validate incoming FHIR resources against configured profiles.
+    &quot;disableFhirpathValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable FHIRPath validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against FHIRPath requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableReferenceTypeValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable reference type validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against reference type requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableRequiredFieldValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable required fields validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against required fields requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+  },
   &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The FHIR specification version that this FHIR store supports natively. This field is immutable after store creation. Requests are rejected if they contain FHIR resources of a different version. Version is required for every FHIR store.
 }
 
@@ -201,6 +206,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;validationConfig&quot;: { # Contains the configuration for FHIR profiles and validation. # Configuration for how to validate incoming FHIR resources against configured profiles.
+    &quot;disableFhirpathValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable FHIRPath validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against FHIRPath requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableReferenceTypeValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable reference type validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against reference type requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableRequiredFieldValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable required fields validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against required fields requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+  },
   &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The FHIR specification version that this FHIR store supports natively. This field is immutable after store creation. Requests are rejected if they contain FHIR resources of a different version. Version is required for every FHIR store.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -418,6 +428,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;validationConfig&quot;: { # Contains the configuration for FHIR profiles and validation. # Configuration for how to validate incoming FHIR resources against configured profiles.
+    &quot;disableFhirpathValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable FHIRPath validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against FHIRPath requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableReferenceTypeValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable reference type validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against reference type requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableRequiredFieldValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable required fields validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against required fields requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+  },
   &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The FHIR specification version that this FHIR store supports natively. This field is immutable after store creation. Requests are rejected if they contain FHIR resources of a different version. Version is required for every FHIR store.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -562,6 +577,11 @@
           ],
         },
       ],
+      &quot;validationConfig&quot;: { # Contains the configuration for FHIR profiles and validation. # Configuration for how to validate incoming FHIR resources against configured profiles.
+        &quot;disableFhirpathValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable FHIRPath validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against FHIRPath requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+        &quot;disableReferenceTypeValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable reference type validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against reference type requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+        &quot;disableRequiredFieldValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable required fields validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against required fields requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+      },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The FHIR specification version that this FHIR store supports natively. This field is immutable after store creation. Requests are rejected if they contain FHIR resources of a different version. Version is required for every FHIR store.
     },
   ],
@@ -620,6 +640,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;validationConfig&quot;: { # Contains the configuration for FHIR profiles and validation. # Configuration for how to validate incoming FHIR resources against configured profiles.
+    &quot;disableFhirpathValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable FHIRPath validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against FHIRPath requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableReferenceTypeValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable reference type validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against reference type requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableRequiredFieldValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable required fields validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against required fields requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+  },
   &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The FHIR specification version that this FHIR store supports natively. This field is immutable after store creation. Requests are rejected if they contain FHIR resources of a different version. Version is required for every FHIR store.
 }
 
@@ -660,6 +685,11 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;validationConfig&quot;: { # Contains the configuration for FHIR profiles and validation. # Configuration for how to validate incoming FHIR resources against configured profiles.
+    &quot;disableFhirpathValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable FHIRPath validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against FHIRPath requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableReferenceTypeValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable reference type validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against reference type requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableRequiredFieldValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable required fields validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against required fields requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+  },
   &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The FHIR specification version that this FHIR store supports natively. This field is immutable after store creation. Requests are rejected if they contain FHIR resources of a different version. Version is required for every FHIR store.
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index cf997c5..cd36732 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -219,7 +219,10 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;validationConfig&quot;: { # Contains the configuration for FHIR profiles and validation. # Configuration for how to validate incoming FHIR resources against configured profiles.
+    &quot;disableFhirpathValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable FHIRPath validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against FHIRPath requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
     &quot;disableProfileValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable profile validation for this FHIR store. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against StructureDefinitions in this FHIR store.
+    &quot;disableReferenceTypeValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable reference type validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against reference type requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableRequiredFieldValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable required fields validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against required fields requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
     &quot;enabledImplementationGuides&quot;: [ # A list of ImplementationGuide URLs in this FHIR store that are used to configure the profiles to use for validation. For example, to use the US Core profiles for validation, set `enabled_implementation_guides` to `[&quot;http://hl7.org/fhir/us/core/ImplementationGuide/ig&quot;]`. If `enabled_implementation_guides` is empty or omitted, then incoming resources are only required to conform to the base FHIR profiles. Otherwise, a resource must conform to at least one profile listed in the `global` property of one of the enabled ImplementationGuides. The Cloud Healthcare API does not currently enforce all of the rules in a StructureDefinition. The following rules are supported: - min/max - minValue/maxValue - maxLength - type - fixed[x] - pattern[x] on simple types - slicing, when using &quot;value&quot; as the discriminator type When a URL cannot be resolved (for example, in a type assertion), the server does not return an error.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -274,7 +277,10 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;validationConfig&quot;: { # Contains the configuration for FHIR profiles and validation. # Configuration for how to validate incoming FHIR resources against configured profiles.
+    &quot;disableFhirpathValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable FHIRPath validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against FHIRPath requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
     &quot;disableProfileValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable profile validation for this FHIR store. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against StructureDefinitions in this FHIR store.
+    &quot;disableReferenceTypeValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable reference type validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against reference type requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableRequiredFieldValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable required fields validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against required fields requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
     &quot;enabledImplementationGuides&quot;: [ # A list of ImplementationGuide URLs in this FHIR store that are used to configure the profiles to use for validation. For example, to use the US Core profiles for validation, set `enabled_implementation_guides` to `[&quot;http://hl7.org/fhir/us/core/ImplementationGuide/ig&quot;]`. If `enabled_implementation_guides` is empty or omitted, then incoming resources are only required to conform to the base FHIR profiles. Otherwise, a resource must conform to at least one profile listed in the `global` property of one of the enabled ImplementationGuides. The Cloud Healthcare API does not currently enforce all of the rules in a StructureDefinition. The following rules are supported: - min/max - minValue/maxValue - maxLength - type - fixed[x] - pattern[x] on simple types - slicing, when using &quot;value&quot; as the discriminator type When a URL cannot be resolved (for example, in a type assertion), the server does not return an error.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -512,7 +518,10 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;validationConfig&quot;: { # Contains the configuration for FHIR profiles and validation. # Configuration for how to validate incoming FHIR resources against configured profiles.
+    &quot;disableFhirpathValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable FHIRPath validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against FHIRPath requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
     &quot;disableProfileValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable profile validation for this FHIR store. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against StructureDefinitions in this FHIR store.
+    &quot;disableReferenceTypeValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable reference type validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against reference type requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableRequiredFieldValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable required fields validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against required fields requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
     &quot;enabledImplementationGuides&quot;: [ # A list of ImplementationGuide URLs in this FHIR store that are used to configure the profiles to use for validation. For example, to use the US Core profiles for validation, set `enabled_implementation_guides` to `[&quot;http://hl7.org/fhir/us/core/ImplementationGuide/ig&quot;]`. If `enabled_implementation_guides` is empty or omitted, then incoming resources are only required to conform to the base FHIR profiles. Otherwise, a resource must conform to at least one profile listed in the `global` property of one of the enabled ImplementationGuides. The Cloud Healthcare API does not currently enforce all of the rules in a StructureDefinition. The following rules are supported: - min/max - minValue/maxValue - maxLength - type - fixed[x] - pattern[x] on simple types - slicing, when using &quot;value&quot; as the discriminator type When a URL cannot be resolved (for example, in a type assertion), the server does not return an error.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -671,7 +680,10 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;validationConfig&quot;: { # Contains the configuration for FHIR profiles and validation. # Configuration for how to validate incoming FHIR resources against configured profiles.
+        &quot;disableFhirpathValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable FHIRPath validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against FHIRPath requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
         &quot;disableProfileValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable profile validation for this FHIR store. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against StructureDefinitions in this FHIR store.
+        &quot;disableReferenceTypeValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable reference type validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against reference type requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+        &quot;disableRequiredFieldValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable required fields validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against required fields requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
         &quot;enabledImplementationGuides&quot;: [ # A list of ImplementationGuide URLs in this FHIR store that are used to configure the profiles to use for validation. For example, to use the US Core profiles for validation, set `enabled_implementation_guides` to `[&quot;http://hl7.org/fhir/us/core/ImplementationGuide/ig&quot;]`. If `enabled_implementation_guides` is empty or omitted, then incoming resources are only required to conform to the base FHIR profiles. Otherwise, a resource must conform to at least one profile listed in the `global` property of one of the enabled ImplementationGuides. The Cloud Healthcare API does not currently enforce all of the rules in a StructureDefinition. The following rules are supported: - min/max - minValue/maxValue - maxLength - type - fixed[x] - pattern[x] on simple types - slicing, when using &quot;value&quot; as the discriminator type When a URL cannot be resolved (for example, in a type assertion), the server does not return an error.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -744,7 +756,10 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;validationConfig&quot;: { # Contains the configuration for FHIR profiles and validation. # Configuration for how to validate incoming FHIR resources against configured profiles.
+    &quot;disableFhirpathValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable FHIRPath validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against FHIRPath requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
     &quot;disableProfileValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable profile validation for this FHIR store. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against StructureDefinitions in this FHIR store.
+    &quot;disableReferenceTypeValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable reference type validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against reference type requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableRequiredFieldValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable required fields validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against required fields requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
     &quot;enabledImplementationGuides&quot;: [ # A list of ImplementationGuide URLs in this FHIR store that are used to configure the profiles to use for validation. For example, to use the US Core profiles for validation, set `enabled_implementation_guides` to `[&quot;http://hl7.org/fhir/us/core/ImplementationGuide/ig&quot;]`. If `enabled_implementation_guides` is empty or omitted, then incoming resources are only required to conform to the base FHIR profiles. Otherwise, a resource must conform to at least one profile listed in the `global` property of one of the enabled ImplementationGuides. The Cloud Healthcare API does not currently enforce all of the rules in a StructureDefinition. The following rules are supported: - min/max - minValue/maxValue - maxLength - type - fixed[x] - pattern[x] on simple types - slicing, when using &quot;value&quot; as the discriminator type When a URL cannot be resolved (for example, in a type assertion), the server does not return an error.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -799,7 +814,10 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;validationConfig&quot;: { # Contains the configuration for FHIR profiles and validation. # Configuration for how to validate incoming FHIR resources against configured profiles.
+    &quot;disableFhirpathValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable FHIRPath validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against FHIRPath requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
     &quot;disableProfileValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable profile validation for this FHIR store. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against StructureDefinitions in this FHIR store.
+    &quot;disableReferenceTypeValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable reference type validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against reference type requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
+    &quot;disableRequiredFieldValidation&quot;: True or False, # Whether to disable required fields validation for incoming resources. Set this to true to disable checking incoming resources for conformance against required fields requirement defined in the FHIR specification. This property only affects resource types that do not have profiles configured for them, any rules in enabled implementation guides will still be enforced.
     &quot;enabledImplementationGuides&quot;: [ # A list of ImplementationGuide URLs in this FHIR store that are used to configure the profiles to use for validation. For example, to use the US Core profiles for validation, set `enabled_implementation_guides` to `[&quot;http://hl7.org/fhir/us/core/ImplementationGuide/ig&quot;]`. If `enabled_implementation_guides` is empty or omitted, then incoming resources are only required to conform to the base FHIR profiles. Otherwise, a resource must conform to at least one profile listed in the `global` property of one of the enabled ImplementationGuides. The Cloud Healthcare API does not currently enforce all of the rules in a StructureDefinition. The following rules are supported: - min/max - minValue/maxValue - maxLength - type - fixed[x] - pattern[x] on simple types - slicing, when using &quot;value&quot; as the discriminator type When a URL cannot be resolved (for example, in a type assertion), the server does not return an error.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html
index 822f159..158aae8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
           },
         ],
       },
-      &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
+      &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Custom attribute values that are either filterable or non-filterable.
           &quot;filterable&quot;: True or False, # If the `filterable` flag is true, the custom field values may be used for custom attribute filters JobQuery.custom_attribute_filter. If false, these values may not be used for custom attribute filters. Default is false.
           &quot;keywordSearchable&quot;: True or False, # If the `keyword_searchable` flag is true, the keywords in custom fields are searchable by keyword match. If false, the values are not searchable by keyword match. Default is false.
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
           },
         ],
       },
-      &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
+      &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Custom attribute values that are either filterable or non-filterable.
           &quot;filterable&quot;: True or False, # If the `filterable` flag is true, the custom field values may be used for custom attribute filters JobQuery.custom_attribute_filter. If false, these values may not be used for custom attribute filters. Default is false.
           &quot;keywordSearchable&quot;: True or False, # If the `keyword_searchable` flag is true, the keywords in custom fields are searchable by keyword match. If false, the values are not searchable by keyword match. Default is false.
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@
       },
     ],
   },
-  &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
+  &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Custom attribute values that are either filterable or non-filterable.
       &quot;filterable&quot;: True or False, # If the `filterable` flag is true, the custom field values may be used for custom attribute filters JobQuery.custom_attribute_filter. If false, these values may not be used for custom attribute filters. Default is false.
       &quot;keywordSearchable&quot;: True or False, # If the `keyword_searchable` flag is true, the keywords in custom fields are searchable by keyword match. If false, the values are not searchable by keyword match. Default is false.
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@
       },
     ],
   },
-  &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
+  &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Custom attribute values that are either filterable or non-filterable.
       &quot;filterable&quot;: True or False, # If the `filterable` flag is true, the custom field values may be used for custom attribute filters JobQuery.custom_attribute_filter. If false, these values may not be used for custom attribute filters. Default is false.
       &quot;keywordSearchable&quot;: True or False, # If the `keyword_searchable` flag is true, the keywords in custom fields are searchable by keyword match. If false, the values are not searchable by keyword match. Default is false.
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@
       },
     ],
   },
-  &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
+  &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Custom attribute values that are either filterable or non-filterable.
       &quot;filterable&quot;: True or False, # If the `filterable` flag is true, the custom field values may be used for custom attribute filters JobQuery.custom_attribute_filter. If false, these values may not be used for custom attribute filters. Default is false.
       &quot;keywordSearchable&quot;: True or False, # If the `keyword_searchable` flag is true, the keywords in custom fields are searchable by keyword match. If false, the values are not searchable by keyword match. Default is false.
@@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@
           },
         ],
       },
-      &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
+      &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Custom attribute values that are either filterable or non-filterable.
           &quot;filterable&quot;: True or False, # If the `filterable` flag is true, the custom field values may be used for custom attribute filters JobQuery.custom_attribute_filter. If false, these values may not be used for custom attribute filters. Default is false.
           &quot;keywordSearchable&quot;: True or False, # If the `keyword_searchable` flag is true, the keywords in custom fields are searchable by keyword match. If false, the values are not searchable by keyword match. Default is false.
@@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@
       },
     ],
   },
-  &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
+  &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Custom attribute values that are either filterable or non-filterable.
       &quot;filterable&quot;: True or False, # If the `filterable` flag is true, the custom field values may be used for custom attribute filters JobQuery.custom_attribute_filter. If false, these values may not be used for custom attribute filters. Default is false.
       &quot;keywordSearchable&quot;: True or False, # If the `keyword_searchable` flag is true, the keywords in custom fields are searchable by keyword match. If false, the values are not searchable by keyword match. Default is false.
@@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@
       },
     ],
   },
-  &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
+  &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Custom attribute values that are either filterable or non-filterable.
       &quot;filterable&quot;: True or False, # If the `filterable` flag is true, the custom field values may be used for custom attribute filters JobQuery.custom_attribute_filter. If false, these values may not be used for custom attribute filters. Default is false.
       &quot;keywordSearchable&quot;: True or False, # If the `keyword_searchable` flag is true, the keywords in custom fields are searchable by keyword match. If false, the values are not searchable by keyword match. Default is false.
@@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@
   &quot;disableKeywordMatch&quot;: True or False, # This field is deprecated. Please use SearchJobsRequest.keyword_match_mode going forward. To migrate, disable_keyword_match set to false maps to KeywordMatchMode.KEYWORD_MATCH_ALL, and disable_keyword_match set to true maps to KeywordMatchMode.KEYWORD_MATCH_DISABLED. If SearchJobsRequest.keyword_match_mode is set, this field is ignored. Controls whether to disable exact keyword match on Job.title, Job.description, Job.company_display_name, Job.addresses, Job.qualifications. When disable keyword match is turned off, a keyword match returns jobs that do not match given category filters when there are matching keywords. For example, for the query &quot;program manager,&quot; a result is returned even if the job posting has the title &quot;software developer,&quot; which doesn&#x27;t fall into &quot;program manager&quot; ontology, but does have &quot;program manager&quot; appearing in its description. For queries like &quot;cloud&quot; that don&#x27;t contain title or location specific ontology, jobs with &quot;cloud&quot; keyword matches are returned regardless of this flag&#x27;s value. Use Company.keyword_searchable_job_custom_attributes if company-specific globally matched custom field/attribute string values are needed. Enabling keyword match improves recall of subsequent search requests. Defaults to false.
   &quot;diversificationLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls whether highly similar jobs are returned next to each other in the search results. Jobs are identified as highly similar based on their titles, job categories, and locations. Highly similar results are clustered so that only one representative job of the cluster is displayed to the job seeker higher up in the results, with the other jobs being displayed lower down in the results. Defaults to DiversificationLevel.SIMPLE if no value is specified.
   &quot;enableBroadening&quot;: True or False, # Controls whether to broaden the search when it produces sparse results. Broadened queries append results to the end of the matching results list. Defaults to false.
-  &quot;histogramQueries&quot;: [ # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs. Expression syntax is an aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entities, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entities within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like &quot;any string with backslash escape for quote(\&quot;).&quot; * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets, for example, [1, 2, 3] and [&quot;one&quot;, &quot;two&quot;, &quot;three&quot;]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive, for example, bucket(1, MAX, &quot;positive number&quot;) or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_display_name: histogram by [Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types, for example, &quot;FULL_TIME&quot;, &quot;PART_TIME&quot;. * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, &quot;SMALL&quot;, &quot;MEDIUM&quot;, &quot;BIG&quot;. * publish_time_in_day: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in days. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_types: histogram by the Job.degree_types, for example, &quot;Bachelors&quot;, &quot;Masters&quot;. * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level, for example, &quot;Entry Level&quot;. * country: histogram by the country code of jobs, for example, &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;. * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level, for example, &quot;CA&quot;, &quot;IL&quot;. * city: histogram by a combination of the &quot;city name, admin1 code&quot;. For example, &quot;Mountain View, CA&quot;, &quot;New York, NY&quot;. * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the &quot;admin1 code, country&quot;, for example, &quot;CA, US&quot;, &quot;IL, US&quot;. * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center&#x27;s GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude), for example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en-US&quot;, &quot;fr-FR&quot;. * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en&quot;, &quot;fr&quot;. * category: histogram by the JobCategory, for example, &quot;COMPUTER_AND_IT&quot;, &quot;HEALTHCARE&quot;. * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationInfo.CompensationUnit of base salary, for example, &quot;WEEKLY&quot;, &quot;MONTHLY&quot;. * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * `count(admin1)` * `count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)])` * `count(string_custom_attribute[&quot;some-string-custom-attribute&quot;])` * `count(numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;some-numeric-custom-attribute&quot;], [bucket(MIN, 0, &quot;negative&quot;), bucket(0, MAX, &quot;non-negative&quot;)])`
+  &quot;histogramQueries&quot;: [ # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs. Expression syntax is an aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entities, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entities within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format `a-zA-Z+`. * String: string like &quot;any string with backslash escape for quote(\&quot;).&quot; * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets, for example, [1, 2, 3] and [&quot;one&quot;, &quot;two&quot;, &quot;three&quot;]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive, for example, bucket(1, MAX, &quot;positive number&quot;) or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_display_name: histogram by [Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types, for example, &quot;FULL_TIME&quot;, &quot;PART_TIME&quot;. * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, &quot;SMALL&quot;, &quot;MEDIUM&quot;, &quot;BIG&quot;. * publish_time_in_day: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in days. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_types: histogram by the Job.degree_types, for example, &quot;Bachelors&quot;, &quot;Masters&quot;. * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level, for example, &quot;Entry Level&quot;. * country: histogram by the country code of jobs, for example, &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;. * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level, for example, &quot;CA&quot;, &quot;IL&quot;. * city: histogram by a combination of the &quot;city name, admin1 code&quot;. For example, &quot;Mountain View, CA&quot;, &quot;New York, NY&quot;. * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the &quot;admin1 code, country&quot;, for example, &quot;CA, US&quot;, &quot;IL, US&quot;. * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center&#x27;s GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude), for example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en-US&quot;, &quot;fr-FR&quot;. * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en&quot;, &quot;fr&quot;. * category: histogram by the JobCategory, for example, &quot;COMPUTER_AND_IT&quot;, &quot;HEALTHCARE&quot;. * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationInfo.CompensationUnit of base salary, for example, &quot;WEEKLY&quot;, &quot;MONTHLY&quot;. * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * `count(admin1)` * `count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)])` * `count(string_custom_attribute[&quot;some-string-custom-attribute&quot;])` * `count(numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;some-numeric-custom-attribute&quot;], [bucket(MIN, 0, &quot;negative&quot;), bucket(0, MAX, &quot;non-negative&quot;)])`
     { # The histogram request.
       &quot;histogramQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs for searches. See SearchJobsRequest.histogram_queries for details about syntax.
     },
@@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@
             },
           ],
         },
-        &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
+        &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Custom attribute values that are either filterable or non-filterable.
             &quot;filterable&quot;: True or False, # If the `filterable` flag is true, the custom field values may be used for custom attribute filters JobQuery.custom_attribute_filter. If false, these values may not be used for custom attribute filters. Default is false.
             &quot;keywordSearchable&quot;: True or False, # If the `keyword_searchable` flag is true, the keywords in custom fields are searchable by keyword match. If false, the values are not searchable by keyword match. Default is false.
@@ -1889,7 +1889,7 @@
   &quot;disableKeywordMatch&quot;: True or False, # This field is deprecated. Please use SearchJobsRequest.keyword_match_mode going forward. To migrate, disable_keyword_match set to false maps to KeywordMatchMode.KEYWORD_MATCH_ALL, and disable_keyword_match set to true maps to KeywordMatchMode.KEYWORD_MATCH_DISABLED. If SearchJobsRequest.keyword_match_mode is set, this field is ignored. Controls whether to disable exact keyword match on Job.title, Job.description, Job.company_display_name, Job.addresses, Job.qualifications. When disable keyword match is turned off, a keyword match returns jobs that do not match given category filters when there are matching keywords. For example, for the query &quot;program manager,&quot; a result is returned even if the job posting has the title &quot;software developer,&quot; which doesn&#x27;t fall into &quot;program manager&quot; ontology, but does have &quot;program manager&quot; appearing in its description. For queries like &quot;cloud&quot; that don&#x27;t contain title or location specific ontology, jobs with &quot;cloud&quot; keyword matches are returned regardless of this flag&#x27;s value. Use Company.keyword_searchable_job_custom_attributes if company-specific globally matched custom field/attribute string values are needed. Enabling keyword match improves recall of subsequent search requests. Defaults to false.
   &quot;diversificationLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls whether highly similar jobs are returned next to each other in the search results. Jobs are identified as highly similar based on their titles, job categories, and locations. Highly similar results are clustered so that only one representative job of the cluster is displayed to the job seeker higher up in the results, with the other jobs being displayed lower down in the results. Defaults to DiversificationLevel.SIMPLE if no value is specified.
   &quot;enableBroadening&quot;: True or False, # Controls whether to broaden the search when it produces sparse results. Broadened queries append results to the end of the matching results list. Defaults to false.
-  &quot;histogramQueries&quot;: [ # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs. Expression syntax is an aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entities, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entities within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like &quot;any string with backslash escape for quote(\&quot;).&quot; * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets, for example, [1, 2, 3] and [&quot;one&quot;, &quot;two&quot;, &quot;three&quot;]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive, for example, bucket(1, MAX, &quot;positive number&quot;) or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_display_name: histogram by [Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types, for example, &quot;FULL_TIME&quot;, &quot;PART_TIME&quot;. * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, &quot;SMALL&quot;, &quot;MEDIUM&quot;, &quot;BIG&quot;. * publish_time_in_day: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in days. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_types: histogram by the Job.degree_types, for example, &quot;Bachelors&quot;, &quot;Masters&quot;. * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level, for example, &quot;Entry Level&quot;. * country: histogram by the country code of jobs, for example, &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;. * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level, for example, &quot;CA&quot;, &quot;IL&quot;. * city: histogram by a combination of the &quot;city name, admin1 code&quot;. For example, &quot;Mountain View, CA&quot;, &quot;New York, NY&quot;. * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the &quot;admin1 code, country&quot;, for example, &quot;CA, US&quot;, &quot;IL, US&quot;. * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center&#x27;s GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude), for example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en-US&quot;, &quot;fr-FR&quot;. * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en&quot;, &quot;fr&quot;. * category: histogram by the JobCategory, for example, &quot;COMPUTER_AND_IT&quot;, &quot;HEALTHCARE&quot;. * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationInfo.CompensationUnit of base salary, for example, &quot;WEEKLY&quot;, &quot;MONTHLY&quot;. * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * `count(admin1)` * `count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)])` * `count(string_custom_attribute[&quot;some-string-custom-attribute&quot;])` * `count(numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;some-numeric-custom-attribute&quot;], [bucket(MIN, 0, &quot;negative&quot;), bucket(0, MAX, &quot;non-negative&quot;)])`
+  &quot;histogramQueries&quot;: [ # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs. Expression syntax is an aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entities, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entities within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format `a-zA-Z+`. * String: string like &quot;any string with backslash escape for quote(\&quot;).&quot; * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets, for example, [1, 2, 3] and [&quot;one&quot;, &quot;two&quot;, &quot;three&quot;]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive, for example, bucket(1, MAX, &quot;positive number&quot;) or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_display_name: histogram by [Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types, for example, &quot;FULL_TIME&quot;, &quot;PART_TIME&quot;. * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, &quot;SMALL&quot;, &quot;MEDIUM&quot;, &quot;BIG&quot;. * publish_time_in_day: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in days. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_types: histogram by the Job.degree_types, for example, &quot;Bachelors&quot;, &quot;Masters&quot;. * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level, for example, &quot;Entry Level&quot;. * country: histogram by the country code of jobs, for example, &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;. * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level, for example, &quot;CA&quot;, &quot;IL&quot;. * city: histogram by a combination of the &quot;city name, admin1 code&quot;. For example, &quot;Mountain View, CA&quot;, &quot;New York, NY&quot;. * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the &quot;admin1 code, country&quot;, for example, &quot;CA, US&quot;, &quot;IL, US&quot;. * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center&#x27;s GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude), for example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en-US&quot;, &quot;fr-FR&quot;. * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en&quot;, &quot;fr&quot;. * category: histogram by the JobCategory, for example, &quot;COMPUTER_AND_IT&quot;, &quot;HEALTHCARE&quot;. * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationInfo.CompensationUnit of base salary, for example, &quot;WEEKLY&quot;, &quot;MONTHLY&quot;. * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * `count(admin1)` * `count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)])` * `count(string_custom_attribute[&quot;some-string-custom-attribute&quot;])` * `count(numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;some-numeric-custom-attribute&quot;], [bucket(MIN, 0, &quot;negative&quot;), bucket(0, MAX, &quot;non-negative&quot;)])`
     { # The histogram request.
       &quot;histogramQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs for searches. See SearchJobsRequest.histogram_queries for details about syntax.
     },
@@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@
             },
           ],
         },
-        &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
+        &quot;customAttributes&quot;: { # A map of fields to hold both filterable and non-filterable custom job attributes that are not covered by the provided structured fields. The keys of the map are strings up to 64 bytes and must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. At most 100 filterable and at most 100 unfilterable keys are supported. For filterable `string_values`, across all keys at most 200 values are allowed, with each string no more than 255 characters. For unfilterable `string_values`, the maximum total size of `string_values` across all keys is 50KB.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Custom attribute values that are either filterable or non-filterable.
             &quot;filterable&quot;: True or False, # If the `filterable` flag is true, the custom field values may be used for custom attribute filters JobQuery.custom_attribute_filter. If false, these values may not be used for custom attribute filters. Default is false.
             &quot;keywordSearchable&quot;: True or False, # If the `keyword_searchable` flag is true, the keywords in custom fields are searchable by keyword match. If false, the values are not searchable by keyword match. Default is false.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/memcache_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/memcache_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 52e7ad2..8c5dd50 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/memcache_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/memcache_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -180,8 +180,8 @@
     {
       &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the Memcached node used by the clients to connect to the Memcached server on this node.
       &quot;nodeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Identifier of the Memcached node. The node id does not include project or location like the Memcached instance name.
-      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
-        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
         &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -198,8 +198,8 @@
     &quot;memorySizeMb&quot;: 42, # Required. Memory size in MiB for each Memcached node.
   },
   &quot;nodeCount&quot;: 42, # Required. Number of nodes in the Memcached instance.
-  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # Optional: User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
-    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
     &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -309,8 +309,8 @@
     {
       &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the Memcached node used by the clients to connect to the Memcached server on this node.
       &quot;nodeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Identifier of the Memcached node. The node id does not include project or location like the Memcached instance name.
-      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
-        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
         &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -327,8 +327,8 @@
     &quot;memorySizeMb&quot;: 42, # Required. Memory size in MiB for each Memcached node.
   },
   &quot;nodeCount&quot;: 42, # Required. Number of nodes in the Memcached instance.
-  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # Optional: User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
-    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
     &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -380,8 +380,8 @@
         {
           &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the Memcached node used by the clients to connect to the Memcached server on this node.
           &quot;nodeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Identifier of the Memcached node. The node id does not include project or location like the Memcached instance name.
-          &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
-            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+          &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
             &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
@@ -398,8 +398,8 @@
         &quot;memorySizeMb&quot;: 42, # Required. Memory size in MiB for each Memcached node.
       },
       &quot;nodeCount&quot;: 42, # Required. Number of nodes in the Memcached instance.
-      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # Optional: User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
-        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
         &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -460,8 +460,8 @@
     {
       &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the Memcached node used by the clients to connect to the Memcached server on this node.
       &quot;nodeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Identifier of the Memcached node. The node id does not include project or location like the Memcached instance name.
-      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
-        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
         &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -478,8 +478,8 @@
     &quot;memorySizeMb&quot;: 42, # Required. Memory size in MiB for each Memcached node.
   },
   &quot;nodeCount&quot;: 42, # Required. Number of nodes in the Memcached instance.
-  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # Optional: User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
-    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
     &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -531,8 +531,8 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request for UpdateParameters.
-  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # The parameters to apply to the instance.
-    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The parameters to apply to the instance.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
     &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/memcache_v1beta2.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/memcache_v1beta2.projects.locations.instances.html
index 49f0686..84b27dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/memcache_v1beta2.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/memcache_v1beta2.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@
     {
       &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the Memcached node used by the clients to connect to the Memcached server on this node.
       &quot;nodeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Identifier of the Memcached node. The node id does not include project or location like the Memcached instance name.
-      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
-        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
         &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -247,8 +247,8 @@
     &quot;memorySizeMb&quot;: 42, # Required. Memory size in MiB for each Memcached node.
   },
   &quot;nodeCount&quot;: 42, # Required. Number of nodes in the Memcached instance.
-  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # Optional: User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
-    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
     &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -359,8 +359,8 @@
     {
       &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the Memcached node used by the clients to connect to the Memcached server on this node.
       &quot;nodeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Identifier of the Memcached node. The node id does not include project or location like the Memcached instance name.
-      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
-        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
         &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -378,8 +378,8 @@
     &quot;memorySizeMb&quot;: 42, # Required. Memory size in MiB for each Memcached node.
   },
   &quot;nodeCount&quot;: 42, # Required. Number of nodes in the Memcached instance.
-  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # Optional: User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
-    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
     &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -433,8 +433,8 @@
         {
           &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the Memcached node used by the clients to connect to the Memcached server on this node.
           &quot;nodeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Identifier of the Memcached node. The node id does not include project or location like the Memcached instance name.
-          &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
-            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+          &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
             &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
@@ -452,8 +452,8 @@
         &quot;memorySizeMb&quot;: 42, # Required. Memory size in MiB for each Memcached node.
       },
       &quot;nodeCount&quot;: 42, # Required. Number of nodes in the Memcached instance.
-      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # Optional: User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
-        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
         &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -514,8 +514,8 @@
     {
       &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the Memcached node used by the clients to connect to the Memcached server on this node.
       &quot;nodeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Identifier of the Memcached node. The node id does not include project or location like the Memcached instance name.
-      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
-        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+      &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters currently applied to the node.
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
         &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -533,8 +533,8 @@
     &quot;memorySizeMb&quot;: 42, # Required. Memory size in MiB for each Memcached node.
   },
   &quot;nodeCount&quot;: 42, # Required. Number of nodes in the Memcached instance.
-  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # Optional: User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
-    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # User defined parameters to apply to the memcached process on each node.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
     &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -587,8 +587,8 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request for UpdateParameters.
-  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes. # The parameters to apply to the instance.
-    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only.
+  &quot;parameters&quot;: { # The parameters to apply to the instance.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique ID associated with this set of parameters. Users can use this id to determine if the parameters associated with the instance differ from the parameters associated with the nodes. A discrepancy between parameter ids can inform users that they may need to take action to apply parameters on nodes.
     &quot;params&quot;: { # User defined set of parameters to use in the memcached process.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
index 20620e5..c81fcf4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # AnalyzePackagesRequest is the request to analyze a list of packages and create Vulnerability Occurrences for it.
-  &quot;includeOsvData&quot;: True or False, # Whether to include OSV data in the scan.
+  &quot;includeOsvData&quot;: True or False, # [DEPRECATED] Whether to include OSV data in the scan. For backwards compatibility reasons, this field can be neither removed nor renamed.
   &quot;packages&quot;: [ # The packages to analyze.
     {
       &quot;cpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The cpe_uri in [cpe format] (https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) in which the vulnerability may manifest. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
index 3acb8ca..2b3a298 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
         ],
       },
       &quot;build&quot;: { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build.
-        &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+        &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
           &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
@@ -158,7 +158,88 @@
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
           },
         },
-        &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build.
+        &quot;intotoStatement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;. # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence&#x27;s envelope.
+          &quot;_type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+          &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1&quot; for SlsaProvenance.
+          &quot;provenance&quot;: {
+            &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+              &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+              },
+              &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form &quot;Any&quot;.
+                {
+                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form &quot;Any&quot;.
+                {
+                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;slsaProvenance&quot;: {
+            &quot;builder&quot;: { # required
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              {
+                &quot;digest&quot;: {
+                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+                },
+                &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+              &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+              },
+              &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;subject&quot;: [
+            {
+              &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot; Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build.
           &quot;buildOptions&quot;: { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
@@ -315,7 +396,7 @@
         &quot;cpe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The CPE of the resource being scanned.
         &quot;lastScanTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The last time this resource was scanned.
       },
-      &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse.
+      &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse.
         &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
           &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -327,7 +408,8 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;statement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;.
-          &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1&quot; for InTotoProvenance.
+          &quot;_type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+          &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1&quot; for SlsaProvenance.
           &quot;provenance&quot;: {
             &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -362,15 +444,49 @@
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
             },
           },
+          &quot;slsaProvenance&quot;: {
+            &quot;builder&quot;: { # required
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              {
+                &quot;digest&quot;: {
+                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+                },
+                &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+              &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+              },
+              &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
           &quot;subject&quot;: [
             {
-              &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot;
+              &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot; Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
               },
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
           ],
-          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
         },
       },
       &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
index 5e653c4..ccd0f77 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
         ],
       },
       &quot;build&quot;: { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build.
-        &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+        &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
           &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
@@ -158,7 +158,88 @@
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
           },
         },
-        &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build.
+        &quot;intotoStatement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;. # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence&#x27;s envelope.
+          &quot;_type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+          &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1&quot; for SlsaProvenance.
+          &quot;provenance&quot;: {
+            &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+              &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+              },
+              &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form &quot;Any&quot;.
+                {
+                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form &quot;Any&quot;.
+                {
+                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;slsaProvenance&quot;: {
+            &quot;builder&quot;: { # required
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              {
+                &quot;digest&quot;: {
+                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+                },
+                &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+              &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+              },
+              &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;subject&quot;: [
+            {
+              &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot; Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build.
           &quot;buildOptions&quot;: { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
@@ -315,7 +396,7 @@
         &quot;cpe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The CPE of the resource being scanned.
         &quot;lastScanTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The last time this resource was scanned.
       },
-      &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse.
+      &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse.
         &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
           &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -327,7 +408,8 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;statement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;.
-          &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1&quot; for InTotoProvenance.
+          &quot;_type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+          &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1&quot; for SlsaProvenance.
           &quot;provenance&quot;: {
             &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -362,15 +444,49 @@
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
             },
           },
+          &quot;slsaProvenance&quot;: {
+            &quot;builder&quot;: { # required
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              {
+                &quot;digest&quot;: {
+                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+                },
+                &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+              &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+              },
+              &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
           &quot;subject&quot;: [
             {
-              &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot;
+              &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot; Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
               },
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
           ],
-          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
         },
       },
       &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
diff --git a/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.promotions.html b/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.promotions.html
index 79b23c7..6cd090e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.promotions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.promotions.html
@@ -118,7 +118,15 @@
         &quot;count&quot;: 42, # number of duration units to be included.
         &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unit used for the duration
       },
+      &quot;introductoryPricingDetails&quot;: { # The details of a introductory pricing promotion. # Optional. Specifies the introductory pricing details when the promotion_type is PROMOTION_TYPE_INTRODUCTORY_PRICING.
+        &quot;introductoryPricingSpecs&quot;: [ # Specifies the introductory pricing periods.
+          { # The duration of an introductory pricing promotion.
+            &quot;recurrenceCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. Output Only. The duration of an introductory offer in billing cycles.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Response only. Resource name of the subscription promotion. It will have the format of &quot;partners/{partner_id}/promotion/{promotion_id}&quot;
+      &quot;promotionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Specifies the type of the promotion.
       &quot;regionCodes&quot;: [ # Output only. 2-letter ISO region code where the promotion is available in. Ex. &quot;US&quot; Please refers to: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html
index c7f6615..35a4c17 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html
@@ -133,7 +133,6 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A CaPool represents a group of CertificateAuthorities that form a trust anchor. A CaPool can be used to manage issuance policies for one or more CertificateAuthority resources and to rotate CA certificates in and out of the trust anchor.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CaPool was created.
   &quot;issuancePolicy&quot;: { # Defines controls over all certificate issuance within a CaPool. # Optional. The IssuancePolicy to control how Certificates will be issued from this CaPool.
     &quot;allowedIssuanceModes&quot;: { # IssuanceModes specifies the allowed ways in which Certificates may be requested from this CaPool. # Optional. If specified, then only methods allowed in the IssuanceModes may be used to issue Certificates.
       &quot;allowConfigBasedIssuance&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When true, allows callers to create Certificates by specifying a CertificateConfig.
@@ -238,7 +237,6 @@
     &quot;publishCrl&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When true, publishes each CertificateAuthority&#x27;s CRL and includes its URL in the &quot;CRL Distribution Points&quot; X.509 extension in all issued Certificates. If this is false, CRLs will not be published and the corresponding X.509 extension will not be written in issued certificates. CRLs will expire 7 days from their creation. However, we will rebuild daily. CRLs are also rebuilt shortly after a certificate is revoked.
   },
   &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The Tier of this CaPool.
-  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CaPool was last updated.
 }
 
   caPoolId: string, Required. It must be unique within a location and match the regular expression `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]{1,63}`
@@ -355,7 +353,6 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A CaPool represents a group of CertificateAuthorities that form a trust anchor. A CaPool can be used to manage issuance policies for one or more CertificateAuthority resources and to rotate CA certificates in and out of the trust anchor.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CaPool was created.
   &quot;issuancePolicy&quot;: { # Defines controls over all certificate issuance within a CaPool. # Optional. The IssuancePolicy to control how Certificates will be issued from this CaPool.
     &quot;allowedIssuanceModes&quot;: { # IssuanceModes specifies the allowed ways in which Certificates may be requested from this CaPool. # Optional. If specified, then only methods allowed in the IssuanceModes may be used to issue Certificates.
       &quot;allowConfigBasedIssuance&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When true, allows callers to create Certificates by specifying a CertificateConfig.
@@ -460,7 +457,6 @@
     &quot;publishCrl&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When true, publishes each CertificateAuthority&#x27;s CRL and includes its URL in the &quot;CRL Distribution Points&quot; X.509 extension in all issued Certificates. If this is false, CRLs will not be published and the corresponding X.509 extension will not be written in issued certificates. CRLs will expire 7 days from their creation. However, we will rebuild daily. CRLs are also rebuilt shortly after a certificate is revoked.
   },
   &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The Tier of this CaPool.
-  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CaPool was last updated.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -533,7 +529,6 @@
     { # Response message for CertificateAuthorityService.ListCaPools.
   &quot;caPools&quot;: [ # The list of CaPools.
     { # A CaPool represents a group of CertificateAuthorities that form a trust anchor. A CaPool can be used to manage issuance policies for one or more CertificateAuthority resources and to rotate CA certificates in and out of the trust anchor.
-      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CaPool was created.
       &quot;issuancePolicy&quot;: { # Defines controls over all certificate issuance within a CaPool. # Optional. The IssuancePolicy to control how Certificates will be issued from this CaPool.
         &quot;allowedIssuanceModes&quot;: { # IssuanceModes specifies the allowed ways in which Certificates may be requested from this CaPool. # Optional. If specified, then only methods allowed in the IssuanceModes may be used to issue Certificates.
           &quot;allowConfigBasedIssuance&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When true, allows callers to create Certificates by specifying a CertificateConfig.
@@ -638,7 +633,6 @@
         &quot;publishCrl&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When true, publishes each CertificateAuthority&#x27;s CRL and includes its URL in the &quot;CRL Distribution Points&quot; X.509 extension in all issued Certificates. If this is false, CRLs will not be published and the corresponding X.509 extension will not be written in issued certificates. CRLs will expire 7 days from their creation. However, we will rebuild daily. CRLs are also rebuilt shortly after a certificate is revoked.
       },
       &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The Tier of this CaPool.
-      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CaPool was last updated.
     },
   ],
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token to retrieve next page of results. Pass this value in ListCertificateAuthoritiesRequest.next_page_token to retrieve the next page of results.
@@ -672,7 +666,6 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A CaPool represents a group of CertificateAuthorities that form a trust anchor. A CaPool can be used to manage issuance policies for one or more CertificateAuthority resources and to rotate CA certificates in and out of the trust anchor.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CaPool was created.
   &quot;issuancePolicy&quot;: { # Defines controls over all certificate issuance within a CaPool. # Optional. The IssuancePolicy to control how Certificates will be issued from this CaPool.
     &quot;allowedIssuanceModes&quot;: { # IssuanceModes specifies the allowed ways in which Certificates may be requested from this CaPool. # Optional. If specified, then only methods allowed in the IssuanceModes may be used to issue Certificates.
       &quot;allowConfigBasedIssuance&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When true, allows callers to create Certificates by specifying a CertificateConfig.
@@ -777,7 +770,6 @@
     &quot;publishCrl&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When true, publishes each CertificateAuthority&#x27;s CRL and includes its URL in the &quot;CRL Distribution Points&quot; X.509 extension in all issued Certificates. If this is false, CRLs will not be published and the corresponding X.509 extension will not be written in issued certificates. CRLs will expire 7 days from their creation. However, we will rebuild daily. CRLs are also rebuilt shortly after a certificate is revoked.
   },
   &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The Tier of this CaPool.
-  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CaPool was last updated.
 }
 
   requestId: string, Optional. An ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html
index c2112ec..94c1e34 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html
@@ -95,7 +95,6 @@
 
 { # The request message to annotate an Assessment.
   &quot;annotation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The annotation that will be assigned to the Event. This field can be left empty to provide reasons that apply to an event without concluding whether the event is legitimate or fraudulent.
-  &quot;hashedAccountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional unique stable hashed user identifier to apply to the assessment. This is an alternative to setting the hashed_account_id in CreateAssessment, for example when the account identifier is not yet known in the initial request. It is recommended that the identifier is hashed using hmac-sha256 with stable secret.
   &quot;reasons&quot;: [ # Optional. Optional reasons for the annotation that will be assigned to the Event.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -128,14 +127,8 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A recaptcha assessment resource.
-  &quot;accountDefenderAssessment&quot;: { # Account Defender risk assessment. # Assessment returned by Account Defender when a hashed_account_id is provided.
-    &quot;labels&quot;: [ # Labels for this request.
-      &quot;A String&quot;,
-    ],
-  },
   &quot;event&quot;: { # The event being assessed.
     &quot;expectedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The expected action for this type of event. This should be the same action provided at token generation time on client-side platforms already integrated with recaptcha enterprise.
-    &quot;hashedAccountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional unique stable hashed user identifier for the request. The identifier should ideally be hashed using sha256 with stable secret.
     &quot;siteKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The site key that was used to invoke reCAPTCHA on your site and generate the token.
     &quot;token&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user response token provided by the reCAPTCHA client-side integration on your site.
     &quot;userAgent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user agent present in the request from the user&#x27;s device related to this event.
@@ -166,14 +159,8 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A recaptcha assessment resource.
-  &quot;accountDefenderAssessment&quot;: { # Account Defender risk assessment. # Assessment returned by Account Defender when a hashed_account_id is provided.
-    &quot;labels&quot;: [ # Labels for this request.
-      &quot;A String&quot;,
-    ],
-  },
   &quot;event&quot;: { # The event being assessed.
     &quot;expectedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The expected action for this type of event. This should be the same action provided at token generation time on client-side platforms already integrated with recaptcha enterprise.
-    &quot;hashedAccountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional unique stable hashed user identifier for the request. The identifier should ideally be hashed using sha256 with stable secret.
     &quot;siteKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The site key that was used to invoke reCAPTCHA on your site and generate the token.
     &quot;token&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user response token provided by the reCAPTCHA client-side integration on your site.
     &quot;userAgent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user agent present in the request from the user&#x27;s device related to this event.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.html
index fb4bb00..f5f9112 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.html
@@ -85,16 +85,6 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the keys Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.relatedaccountgroupmemberships.html">relatedaccountgroupmemberships()</a></code>
-</p>
-<p class="firstline">Returns the relatedaccountgroupmemberships Resource.</p>
-
-<p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.relatedaccountgroups.html">relatedaccountgroups()</a></code>
-</p>
-<p class="firstline">Returns the relatedaccountgroups Resource.</p>
-
-<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index bd140f7..7ec8319 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -198,6 +198,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -252,7 +253,7 @@
               { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
                 &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
                 &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -304,6 +305,7 @@
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       },
+      &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -334,7 +336,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationClaimed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -378,7 +380,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -430,6 +432,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -444,7 +447,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationFailed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -488,7 +491,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -540,6 +543,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -554,7 +558,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationSucceeded` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -598,7 +602,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -650,6 +654,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 7e3d4e1..d3fc39d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -198,6 +198,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -252,7 +253,7 @@
               { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
                 &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
                 &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -304,6 +305,7 @@
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       },
+      &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -334,7 +336,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationClaimed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -378,7 +380,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -430,6 +432,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -444,7 +447,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationFailed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -488,7 +491,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -540,6 +543,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -554,7 +558,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationSucceeded` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -598,7 +602,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -650,6 +654,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 685a122..4baa300 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -198,6 +198,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -252,7 +253,7 @@
               { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
                 &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
                 &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -304,6 +305,7 @@
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       },
+      &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -334,7 +336,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationClaimed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -378,7 +380,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -430,6 +432,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -444,7 +447,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationFailed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -488,7 +491,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -540,6 +543,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -554,7 +558,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationSucceeded` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -598,7 +602,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -650,6 +654,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 77c4cf3..0f39b24 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -198,6 +198,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -252,7 +253,7 @@
               { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
                 &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
                 &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -304,6 +305,7 @@
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       },
+      &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -334,7 +336,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationClaimed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -378,7 +380,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -430,6 +432,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -444,7 +447,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationFailed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -488,7 +491,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -540,6 +543,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -554,7 +558,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationSucceeded` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -598,7 +602,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and custom operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -650,6 +654,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 131e9c8..38dda41 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -198,6 +198,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -252,7 +253,7 @@
               { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
                 &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
                 &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -304,6 +305,7 @@
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       },
+      &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -334,7 +336,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationClaimed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -378,7 +380,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -430,6 +432,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -444,7 +447,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationFailed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -488,7 +491,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -540,6 +543,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -554,7 +558,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationSucceeded` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -598,7 +602,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -650,6 +654,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index ce4f8cd..427228b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -198,6 +198,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -252,7 +253,7 @@
               { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
                 &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
                 &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -304,6 +305,7 @@
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       },
+      &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -334,7 +336,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationClaimed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -378,7 +380,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -430,6 +432,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -444,7 +447,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationFailed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -488,7 +491,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -540,6 +543,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -554,7 +558,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationSucceeded` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -598,7 +602,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -650,6 +654,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index b4888b2..77ddccf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -198,6 +198,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -252,7 +253,7 @@
               { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
                 &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
                 &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -304,6 +305,7 @@
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       },
+      &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -334,7 +336,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationClaimed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -378,7 +380,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -430,6 +432,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -444,7 +447,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationFailed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -488,7 +491,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -540,6 +543,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -554,7 +558,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationSucceeded` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -598,7 +602,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -650,6 +654,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 56355c5..e5d3405 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -198,6 +198,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -252,7 +253,7 @@
               { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
                 &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
                 &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+                &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -304,6 +305,7 @@
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       },
+      &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -334,7 +336,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationClaimed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -378,7 +380,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -430,6 +432,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -444,7 +447,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationFailed` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -488,7 +491,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -540,6 +543,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -554,7 +558,7 @@
 
 { # Request for the `MarkRecommendationSucceeded` Method.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking.
-  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex /^a-z0-9{0,62}$/. Values must match the regex /^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/.
+  &quot;stateMetadata&quot;: { # State properties to include with this state. Overwrites any existing `state_metadata`. Keys must match the regex `/^a-z0-9{0,62}$/`. Values must match the regex `/^[a-zA-Z0-9_./-]{0,255}$/`.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
 }
@@ -598,7 +602,7 @@
           { # Contains an operation for a resource loosely based on the JSON-PATCH format with support for: * Custom filters for describing partial array patch. * Extended path values for describing nested arrays. * Custom fields for describing the resource for which the operation is being described. * Allows extension to custom operations not natively supported by RFC6902. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902 for details on the original RFC.
             &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this operation. Contains one of &#x27;add&#x27;, &#x27;remove&#x27;, &#x27;replace&#x27;, &#x27;move&#x27;, &#x27;copy&#x27;, &#x27;test&#x27; and &#x27;custom&#x27; operations. This field is case-insensitive and always populated.
             &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the target field being operated on. If the operation is at the resource level, then path should be &quot;/&quot;. This field is always populated.
-            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } * Example: { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
+            &quot;pathFilters&quot;: { # Set of filters to apply if `path` refers to array elements or nested array elements in order to narrow down to a single unique element that is being tested/modified. This is intended to be an exact match per filter. To perform advanced matching, use path_value_matchers. * Example: ``` { &quot;/versions/*/name&quot; : &quot;it-123&quot; &quot;/versions/*/targetSize/percent&quot;: 20 } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/condition&quot; : null } ``` * Example: ``` { &quot;/bindings/*/role&quot;: &quot;roles/owner&quot; &quot;/bindings/*/members/*&quot; : [&quot;x@example.com&quot;, &quot;y@example.com&quot;] } ``` When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
             },
             &quot;pathValueMatchers&quot;: { # Similar to path_filters, this contains set of filters to apply if `path` field refers to array elements. This is meant to support value matching beyond exact match. To perform exact match, use path_filters. When both path_filters and path_value_matchers are set, an implicit AND must be performed.
@@ -650,6 +654,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
+  &quot;xorGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Corresponds to a mutually exclusive group ID within a recommender. A non-empty ID indicates that the recommendation belongs to a mutually exclusive group. This means that only one recommendation within the group is suggested to be applied.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index 4571260..8b00523 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 { # Request message for AddFulfillmentPlaces method.
   &quot;addTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the fulfillment updates are issued, used to prevent out-of-order updates on fulfillment information. If not provided, the internal system time will be used.
   &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product is not found, the fulfillment information will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day and processed once the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
-  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; or the region IDs for &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; to be added for this type. Duplicate IDs will be automatically ignored. At least 1 value is required, and a maximum of 2000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 10 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If the total number of place IDs exceeds 2000 for this type after adding, then the update will be rejected.
+  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; or the region IDs for &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; to be added for this type. Duplicate IDs will be automatically ignored. At least 1 value is required, and a maximum of 2000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 10 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If the total number of place IDs exceeds 2000 for this type after adding, then the update will be rejected.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field directly corresponds to Product.fulfillment_info.type.
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@
     &quot;productInlineSource&quot;: { # The inline source for the input config for ImportProducts method. # The Inline source for the input content for products.
       &quot;products&quot;: [ # Required. A list of products to update/create. Each product must have a valid Product.id. Recommended max of 100 items.
         { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@
           &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
           &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-              &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@
           &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
           &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
             { # Promotion information.
-              &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+              &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
             },
           ],
           &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@
   },
   &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic for receiving notification. If this field is set, when the import is finished, a notification will be sent to specified Pub/Sub topic. The message data will be JSON string of a Operation. Format of the Pub/Sub topic is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. Only supported when ImportProductsRequest.reconciliation_mode is set to `FULL`.
   &quot;reconciliationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode of reconciliation between existing products and the products to be imported. Defaults to ReconciliationMode.INCREMENTAL.
-  &quot;requestId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier provided by client, within the ancestor dataset scope. Ensures idempotency and used for request deduplication. Server-generated if unspecified. Up to 128 characters long and must match the pattern: &quot;[a-zA-Z0-9_]+&quot;. This is returned as Operation.name in ImportMetadata. Only supported when ImportProductsRequest.reconciliation_mode is set to `FULL`.
+  &quot;requestId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier provided by client, within the ancestor dataset scope. Ensures idempotency and used for request deduplication. Server-generated if unspecified. Up to 128 characters long and must match the pattern: `[a-zA-Z0-9_]+`. This is returned as Operation.name in ImportMetadata. Only supported when ImportProductsRequest.reconciliation_mode is set to `FULL`.
   &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates which fields in the provided imported &#x27;products&#x27; to update. If not set, will by default update all fields.
 }
 
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that can be sent as ListProductsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;products&quot;: [ # The Products.
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@
       &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
       &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-          &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@
       &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
       &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
         { # Promotion information.
-          &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+          &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
         },
       ],
       &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for RemoveFulfillmentPlaces method.
   &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product is not found, the fulfillment information will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day and processed once the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
-  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; or the region IDs for &quot;same-day-delivery&quot;, to be removed for this type. At least 1 value is required, and a maximum of 2000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 10 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; or the region IDs for &quot;same-day-delivery&quot;, to be removed for this type. At least 1 value is required, and a maximum of 2000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 10 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;removeTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the fulfillment updates are issued, used to prevent out-of-order updates on fulfillment information. If not provided, the internal system time will be used.
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@
 { # Request message for SetInventory method.
   &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product with name Product.name is not found, the inventory update will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day until the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
   &quot;inventory&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. The inventory information to update. The allowable fields to update are: * Product.price_info * Product.availability * Product.available_quantity * Product.fulfillment_info The updated inventory fields must be specified in SetInventoryRequest.set_mask. If SetInventoryRequest.inventory.name is empty or invalid, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If the caller does not have permission to update the Product named in Product.name, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the Product to update does not have existing inventory information, the provided inventory information will be inserted. If the Product to update has existing inventory information, the provided inventory information will be merged while respecting the last update time for each inventory field, using the provided or default value for SetInventoryRequest.set_time. The last update time is recorded for the following inventory fields: * Product.price_info * Product.availability * Product.available_quantity * Product.fulfillment_info If a full overwrite of inventory information while ignoring timestamps is needed, UpdateProduct should be invoked instead.
-    &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+    &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
         &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
         &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@
     &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
     &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-        &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@
     &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
     &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
       { # Promotion information.
-        &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+        &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
       },
     ],
     &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html
index 0d9db8b..2de3813 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 Args:
   catalog: string, Required. Catalog for which the completion is performed. Full resource name of catalog, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog`. (required)
   dataset: string, Determines which dataset to use for fetching completion. &quot;user-data&quot; will use the imported dataset through CompletionService.ImportCompletionData. &quot;cloud-retail&quot; will use the dataset generated by cloud retail based on user events. If leave empty, it will use the &quot;user-data&quot;. Current supported values: * user-data * cloud-retail This option requires additional allowlisting. Before using cloud-retail, contact Cloud Retail support team first.
-  deviceType: string, The device type context for completion suggestions. It is useful to apply different suggestions on different device types, e.g. DESKTOP, MOBILE. If it is empty, the suggestions are across all device types. Supported formats: * UNKNOWN_DEVICE_TYPE * DESKTOP * MOBILE * A customized string starts with OTHER_, e.g. OTHER_IPHONE.
+  deviceType: string, The device type context for completion suggestions. It is useful to apply different suggestions on different device types, e.g. `DESKTOP`, `MOBILE`. If it is empty, the suggestions are across all device types. Supported formats: * `UNKNOWN_DEVICE_TYPE` * `DESKTOP` * `MOBILE` * A customized string starts with `OTHER_`, e.g. `OTHER_IPHONE`.
   languageCodes: string, The list of languages of the query. This is the BCP-47 language code, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see [Tags for Identifying Languages](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47). The maximum number of allowed characters is 255. Only &quot;en-US&quot; is currently supported. (repeated)
   maxSuggestions: integer, Completion max suggestions. If left unset or set to 0, then will fallback to the configured value CompletionConfig.max_suggestions. The maximum allowed max suggestions is 20. If it is set higher, it will be capped by 20.
   query: string, Required. The query used to generate suggestions. The maximum number of allowed characters is 255.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index 406ed64..bb8850c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
     &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet.
       { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
         &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
           &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
           &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-              &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
           &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
           &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
             { # Promotion information.
-              &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+              &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
             },
           ],
           &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The product data snippet in the search response. Only Product.name is guaranteed to be populated. Product.variants contains the product variants that match the search query. If there are multiple product variants matching the query, top 5 most relevant product variants are returned and ordered by relevancy. If relevancy can be deternmined, use matching_variant_fields to look up matched product variants fields. If relevancy cannot be determined, e.g. when searching &quot;shoe&quot; all products in a shoe product can be a match, 5 product variants are returned but order is meaningless.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
         &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
         &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@
         &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
         &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
           { # Promotion information.
-            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
           },
         ],
         &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
index 1d9903a..edab431 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
           &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet.
             { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
               &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-                &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+                &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                     &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                     &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
                 &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
                 &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                   { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-                    &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+                    &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                       &quot;A String&quot;,
                     ],
                     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
                 &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
                 &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
                   { # Promotion information.
-                    &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+                    &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@
   &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet.
     { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@
         &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
         &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@
         &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
         &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
           { # Promotion information.
-            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
           },
         ],
         &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@
   &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet.
     { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@
         &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
         &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@
         &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
         &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
           { # Promotion information.
-            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
           },
         ],
         &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index 10c2e51..933d750 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -78,6 +78,9 @@
   <code><a href="#addFulfillmentPlaces">addFulfillmentPlaces(product, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Incrementally adds place IDs to Product.fulfillment_info.place_ids. This process is asynchronous and does not require the Product to exist before updating fulfillment information. If the request is valid, the update will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, the added place IDs are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by GetProduct or ListProducts. This feature is only available for users who have Retail Search enabled. Please submit a form [here](https://cloud.google.com/contact) to contact cloud sales if you are interested in using Retail Search.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#addLocalInventories">addLocalInventories(product, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates local inventory information for a Product at a list of places, while respecting the last update timestamps of each inventory field. This process is asynchronous and does not require the Product to exist before updating inventory information. If the request is valid, the update will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, updates are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by GetProduct or ListProducts. Store inventory information can only be modified using this method. CreateProduct and UpdateProduct has no effect on local inventories. This feature is only available for users who have Retail Search enabled. Please submit a form [here](https://cloud.google.com/contact) to contact Cloud sales if you are interested in using Retail Search.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -105,6 +108,9 @@
   <code><a href="#removeFulfillmentPlaces">removeFulfillmentPlaces(product, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Incrementally removes place IDs from a Product.fulfillment_info.place_ids. This process is asynchronous and does not require the Product to exist before updating fulfillment information. If the request is valid, the update will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, the removed place IDs are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by GetProduct or ListProducts. This feature is only available for users who have Retail Search enabled. Please submit a form [here](https://cloud.google.com/contact) to contact cloud sales if you are interested in using Retail Search.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#removeLocalInventories">removeLocalInventories(product, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Remove local inventory information for a Product at a list of places at a removal timestamp. This process is asynchronous. If the request is valid, the removal will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, removals are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by GetProduct or ListProducts. Store inventory information can only be removed using this method. CreateProduct and UpdateProduct has no effect on local inventories. This feature is only available for users who have Retail Search enabled. Please submit a form [here](https://cloud.google.com/contact) to contact Cloud sales if you are interested in using Retail Search.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setInventory">setInventory(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Updates inventory information for a Product while respecting the last update timestamps of each inventory field. This process is asynchronous and does not require the Product to exist before updating fulfillment information. If the request is valid, the update will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, updates are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by GetProduct or ListProducts. When inventory is updated with CreateProduct and UpdateProduct, the specified inventory field value(s) will overwrite any existing value(s) while ignoring the last update time for this field. Furthermore, the last update time for the specified inventory fields will be overwritten to the time of the CreateProduct or UpdateProduct request. If no inventory fields are set in CreateProductRequest.product, then any pre-existing inventory information for this product will be used. If no inventory fields are set in UpdateProductRequest.set_mask, then any existing inventory information will be preserved. Pre-existing inventory information can only be updated with SetInventory, AddFulfillmentPlaces, and RemoveFulfillmentPlaces. This feature is only available for users who have Retail Search enabled. Please submit a form [here](https://cloud.google.com/contact) to contact cloud sales if you are interested in using Retail Search.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
@@ -120,7 +126,7 @@
 { # Request message for AddFulfillmentPlaces method.
   &quot;addTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the fulfillment updates are issued, used to prevent out-of-order updates on fulfillment information. If not provided, the internal system time will be used.
   &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product is not found, the fulfillment information will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day and processed once the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
-  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; or the region IDs for &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; to be added for this type. Duplicate IDs will be automatically ignored. At least 1 value is required, and a maximum of 2000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 10 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If the total number of place IDs exceeds 2000 for this type after adding, then the update will be rejected.
+  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; or the region IDs for &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; to be added for this type. Duplicate IDs will be automatically ignored. At least 1 value is required, and a maximum of 2000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 10 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If the total number of place IDs exceeds 2000 for this type after adding, then the update will be rejected.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field directly corresponds to Product.fulfillment_info.type.
@@ -156,6 +162,89 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="addLocalInventories">addLocalInventories(product, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates local inventory information for a Product at a list of places, while respecting the last update timestamps of each inventory field. This process is asynchronous and does not require the Product to exist before updating inventory information. If the request is valid, the update will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, updates are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by GetProduct or ListProducts. Store inventory information can only be modified using this method. CreateProduct and UpdateProduct has no effect on local inventories. This feature is only available for users who have Retail Search enabled. Please submit a form [here](https://cloud.google.com/contact) to contact Cloud sales if you are interested in using Retail Search.
+
+Args:
+  product: string, Required. Full resource name of Product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/some_product_id`. If the caller does not have permission to access the Product, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for AddLocalInventories method.
+  &quot;addMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates which inventory fields in the provided list of LocalInventory to update. The field is updated to the provided value. If a field is set while the place does not have a previous local inventory, the local inventory at that store is created. If a field is set while the value of that field is not provided, the original field value, if it exists, is deleted. If the mask is not set or set with empty paths, all inventory fields will be updated. If an unsupported or unknown field is provided, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned and the entire update will be ignored.
+  &quot;addTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the inventory updates are issued. Used to prevent out-of-order updates on local inventory fields. If not provided, the internal system time will be used.
+  &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product is not found, the local inventory will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day and processed once the Product is created. If set to false, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned if the Product is not found.
+  &quot;localInventories&quot;: [ # Required. A list of inventory information at difference places. Each place is identified by its place ID. At most 1000 inventories are allowed per request.
+    { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
+      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. * At most 5 values are allowed. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 10 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * The max number of values per attribute is 10. * For text values, the length limit is 10 UTF-8 characters.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
+          &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
+          &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            3.14,
+          ],
+          &quot;searchable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. Only set if type text is set. Otherwise, a INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          &quot;text&quot;: [ # The textual values of this custom attribute. For example, `[&quot;yellow&quot;, &quot;green&quot;]` when the key is &quot;color&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed. Empty values are not allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 256 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;placeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+        &quot;cost&quot;: 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
+        &quot;originalPrice&quot;: 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price.
+        &quot;price&quot;: 3.14, # Price of the product. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371). Schema.org property [Offer.priceSpecification](https://schema.org/priceSpecification).
+        &quot;priceEffectiveTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the price starts to be effective. This can be set as a future timestamp, and the price is only used for search after price_effective_time. If so, the original_price must be set and original_price is used before price_effective_time. Do not set if price is always effective because it will cause additional latency during search.
+        &quot;priceExpireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the price stops to be effective. The price is used for search before price_expire_time. If this field is set, the original_price must be set and original_price is used after price_expire_time. Do not set if price is always effective because it will cause additional latency during search.
+        &quot;priceRange&quot;: { # The price range of all variant Product having the same Product.primary_product_id. # Output only. The price range of all the child Product.Type.VARIANT Products grouped together on the Product.Type.PRIMARY Product. Only populated for Product.Type.PRIMARY Products. Note: This field is OUTPUT_ONLY for ProductService.GetProduct. Do not set this field in API requests.
+          &quot;originalPrice&quot;: { # A floating point interval. # The inclusive Product.pricing_info.original_price internal of all variant Product having the same Product.primary_product_id.
+            &quot;exclusiveMaximum&quot;: 3.14, # Exclusive upper bound.
+            &quot;exclusiveMinimum&quot;: 3.14, # Exclusive lower bound.
+            &quot;maximum&quot;: 3.14, # Inclusive upper bound.
+            &quot;minimum&quot;: 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
+          },
+          &quot;price&quot;: { # A floating point interval. # The inclusive Product.pricing_info.price interval of all variant Product having the same Product.primary_product_id.
+            &quot;exclusiveMaximum&quot;: 3.14, # Exclusive upper bound.
+            &quot;exclusiveMinimum&quot;: 3.14, # Exclusive lower bound.
+            &quot;maximum&quot;: 3.14, # Inclusive upper bound.
+            &quot;minimum&quot;: 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
   <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
 </div>
@@ -170,7 +259,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -217,7 +306,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -265,7 +354,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -302,7 +391,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -349,7 +438,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -397,7 +486,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -458,7 +547,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -505,7 +594,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -553,7 +642,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -616,7 +705,7 @@
     &quot;productInlineSource&quot;: { # The inline source for the input config for ImportProducts method. # The Inline source for the input content for products.
       &quot;products&quot;: [ # Required. A list of products to update/create. Each product must have a valid Product.id. Recommended max of 100 items.
         { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -663,7 +752,7 @@
           &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
           &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-              &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -711,7 +800,7 @@
           &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
           &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
             { # Promotion information.
-              &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+              &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
             },
           ],
           &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -742,7 +831,7 @@
   },
   &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic for receiving notification. If this field is set, when the import is finished, a notification will be sent to specified Pub/Sub topic. The message data will be JSON string of a Operation. Format of the Pub/Sub topic is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. Only supported when ImportProductsRequest.reconciliation_mode is set to `FULL`.
   &quot;reconciliationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode of reconciliation between existing products and the products to be imported. Defaults to ReconciliationMode.INCREMENTAL.
-  &quot;requestId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier provided by client, within the ancestor dataset scope. Ensures idempotency and used for request deduplication. Server-generated if unspecified. Up to 128 characters long and must match the pattern: &quot;[a-zA-Z0-9_]+&quot;. This is returned as Operation.name in ImportMetadata. Only supported when ImportProductsRequest.reconciliation_mode is set to `FULL`.
+  &quot;requestId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier provided by client, within the ancestor dataset scope. Ensures idempotency and used for request deduplication. Server-generated if unspecified. Up to 128 characters long and must match the pattern: `[a-zA-Z0-9_]+`. This is returned as Operation.name in ImportMetadata. Only supported when ImportProductsRequest.reconciliation_mode is set to `FULL`.
   &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates which fields in the provided imported &#x27;products&#x27; to update. If not set, will by default update all fields.
 }
 
@@ -798,7 +887,7 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that can be sent as ListProductsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;products&quot;: [ # The Products.
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -845,7 +934,7 @@
       &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
       &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-          &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -893,7 +982,7 @@
       &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
       &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
         { # Promotion information.
-          &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+          &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
         },
       ],
       &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -948,7 +1037,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -995,7 +1084,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1043,7 +1132,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -1081,7 +1170,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1128,7 +1217,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1176,7 +1265,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -1215,7 +1304,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for RemoveFulfillmentPlaces method.
   &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product is not found, the fulfillment information will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day and processed once the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
-  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; or the region IDs for &quot;same-day-delivery&quot;, to be removed for this type. At least 1 value is required, and a maximum of 2000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 10 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; or the region IDs for &quot;same-day-delivery&quot;, to be removed for this type. At least 1 value is required, and a maximum of 2000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 10 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;removeTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the fulfillment updates are issued, used to prevent out-of-order updates on fulfillment information. If not provided, the internal system time will be used.
@@ -1252,6 +1341,52 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="removeLocalInventories">removeLocalInventories(product, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Remove local inventory information for a Product at a list of places at a removal timestamp. This process is asynchronous. If the request is valid, the removal will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, removals are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by GetProduct or ListProducts. Store inventory information can only be removed using this method. CreateProduct and UpdateProduct has no effect on local inventories. This feature is only available for users who have Retail Search enabled. Please submit a form [here](https://cloud.google.com/contact) to contact Cloud sales if you are interested in using Retail Search.
+
+Args:
+  product: string, Required. Full resource name of Product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/some_product_id`. If the caller does not have permission to access the Product, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for RemoveLocalInventories method.
+  &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product is not found, the local inventory removal request will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day and processed once the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
+  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. A list of place IDs to have their inventory deleted. At most 1000 place IDs are allowed per request.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;removeTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the inventory deletions are issued. Used to prevent out-of-order updates and deletions on local inventory fields. If not provided, the internal system time will be used.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setInventory">setInventory(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Updates inventory information for a Product while respecting the last update timestamps of each inventory field. This process is asynchronous and does not require the Product to exist before updating fulfillment information. If the request is valid, the update will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, updates are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by GetProduct or ListProducts. When inventory is updated with CreateProduct and UpdateProduct, the specified inventory field value(s) will overwrite any existing value(s) while ignoring the last update time for this field. Furthermore, the last update time for the specified inventory fields will be overwritten to the time of the CreateProduct or UpdateProduct request. If no inventory fields are set in CreateProductRequest.product, then any pre-existing inventory information for this product will be used. If no inventory fields are set in UpdateProductRequest.set_mask, then any existing inventory information will be preserved. Pre-existing inventory information can only be updated with SetInventory, AddFulfillmentPlaces, and RemoveFulfillmentPlaces. This feature is only available for users who have Retail Search enabled. Please submit a form [here](https://cloud.google.com/contact) to contact cloud sales if you are interested in using Retail Search.
 
@@ -1263,7 +1398,7 @@
 { # Request message for SetInventory method.
   &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product with name Product.name is not found, the inventory update will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day until the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
   &quot;inventory&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. The inventory information to update. The allowable fields to update are: * Product.price_info * Product.availability * Product.available_quantity * Product.fulfillment_info The updated inventory fields must be specified in SetInventoryRequest.set_mask. If SetInventoryRequest.inventory.name is empty or invalid, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If the caller does not have permission to update the Product named in Product.name, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the Product to update does not have existing inventory information, the provided inventory information will be inserted. If the Product to update has existing inventory information, the provided inventory information will be merged while respecting the last update time for each inventory field, using the provided or default value for SetInventoryRequest.set_time. The last update time is recorded for the following inventory fields: * Product.price_info * Product.availability * Product.available_quantity * Product.fulfillment_info If a full overwrite of inventory information while ignoring timestamps is needed, UpdateProduct should be invoked instead.
-    &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+    &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
         &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
         &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1310,7 +1445,7 @@
     &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
     &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-        &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1358,7 +1493,7 @@
     &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
     &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
       { # Promotion information.
-        &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+        &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
       },
     ],
     &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html
index 7011cfb..e813729 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 Args:
   catalog: string, Required. Catalog for which the completion is performed. Full resource name of catalog, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog`. (required)
   dataset: string, Determines which dataset to use for fetching completion. &quot;user-data&quot; will use the imported dataset through CompletionService.ImportCompletionData. &quot;cloud-retail&quot; will use the dataset generated by cloud retail based on user events. If leave empty, it will use the &quot;user-data&quot;. Current supported values: * user-data * cloud-retail This option requires additional allowlisting. Before using cloud-retail, contact Cloud Retail support team first.
-  deviceType: string, The device type context for completion suggestions. It is useful to apply different suggestions on different device types, e.g. DESKTOP, MOBILE. If it is empty, the suggestions are across all device types. Supported formats: * UNKNOWN_DEVICE_TYPE * DESKTOP * MOBILE * A customized string starts with OTHER_, e.g. OTHER_IPHONE.
+  deviceType: string, The device type context for completion suggestions. It is useful to apply different suggestions on different device types, e.g. `DESKTOP`, `MOBILE`. If it is empty, the suggestions are across all device types. Supported formats: * `UNKNOWN_DEVICE_TYPE` * `DESKTOP` * `MOBILE` * A customized string starts with `OTHER_`, e.g. `OTHER_IPHONE`.
   languageCodes: string, The list of languages of the query. This is the BCP-47 language code, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see [Tags for Identifying Languages](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47). The maximum number of allowed characters is 255. Only &quot;en-US&quot; is currently supported. (repeated)
   maxSuggestions: integer, Completion max suggestions. If left unset or set to 0, then will fallback to the configured value CompletionConfig.max_suggestions. The maximum allowed max suggestions is 20. If it is set higher, it will be capped by 20.
   query: string, Required. The query used to generate suggestions. The maximum number of allowed characters is 255.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index 126ca44..fbb5daf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
     &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet.
       { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
         &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
           &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
           &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-              &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
           &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
           &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
             { # Promotion information.
-              &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+              &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
             },
           ],
           &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The product data snippet in the search response. Only Product.name is guaranteed to be populated. Product.variants contains the product variants that match the search query. If there are multiple product variants matching the query, top 5 most relevant product variants are returned and ordered by relevancy. If relevancy can be deternmined, use matching_variant_fields to look up matched product variants fields. If relevancy cannot be determined, e.g. when searching &quot;shoe&quot; all products in a shoe product can be a match, 5 product variants are returned but order is meaningless.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@
         &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
         &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@
         &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
         &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
           { # Promotion information.
-            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
           },
         ],
         &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
index 29d64ea..9ca2744 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
           &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet.
             { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
               &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-                &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+                &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                     &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                     &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
                 &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
                 &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                   { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-                    &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+                    &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                       &quot;A String&quot;,
                     ],
                     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
                 &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
                 &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
                   { # Promotion information.
-                    &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+                    &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@
   &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet.
     { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@
         &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
         &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@
         &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
         &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
           { # Promotion information.
-            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
           },
         ],
         &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@
   &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet.
     { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@
         &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
         &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@
         &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
         &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
           { # Promotion information.
-            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
           },
         ],
         &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index f264e76..0ffdf94 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 { # Request message for AddFulfillmentPlaces method.
   &quot;addTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the fulfillment updates are issued, used to prevent out-of-order updates on fulfillment information. If not provided, the internal system time will be used.
   &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product is not found, the fulfillment information will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day and processed once the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
-  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; or the region IDs for &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; to be added for this type. Duplicate IDs will be automatically ignored. At least 1 value is required, and a maximum of 2000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 10 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If the total number of place IDs exceeds 2000 for this type after adding, then the update will be rejected.
+  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; or the region IDs for &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; to be added for this type. Duplicate IDs will be automatically ignored. At least 1 value is required, and a maximum of 2000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 10 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If the total number of place IDs exceeds 2000 for this type after adding, then the update will be rejected.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field directly corresponds to Product.fulfillment_info.type.
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@
     &quot;productInlineSource&quot;: { # The inline source for the input config for ImportProducts method. # The Inline source for the input content for products.
       &quot;products&quot;: [ # Required. A list of products to update/create. Each product must have a valid Product.id. Recommended max of 100 items.
         { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@
           &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
           &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-              &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@
           &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
           &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
             { # Promotion information.
-              &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+              &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
             },
           ],
           &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@
   },
   &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic for receiving notification. If this field is set, when the import is finished, a notification will be sent to specified Pub/Sub topic. The message data will be JSON string of a Operation. Format of the Pub/Sub topic is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. Only supported when ImportProductsRequest.reconciliation_mode is set to `FULL`.
   &quot;reconciliationMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode of reconciliation between existing products and the products to be imported. Defaults to ReconciliationMode.INCREMENTAL.
-  &quot;requestId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier provided by client, within the ancestor dataset scope. Ensures idempotency and used for request deduplication. Server-generated if unspecified. Up to 128 characters long and must match the pattern: &quot;[a-zA-Z0-9_]+&quot;. This is returned as Operation.name in ImportMetadata. Only supported when ImportProductsRequest.reconciliation_mode is set to `FULL`.
+  &quot;requestId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier provided by client, within the ancestor dataset scope. Ensures idempotency and used for request deduplication. Server-generated if unspecified. Up to 128 characters long and must match the pattern: `[a-zA-Z0-9_]+`. This is returned as Operation.name in ImportMetadata. Only supported when ImportProductsRequest.reconciliation_mode is set to `FULL`.
   &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates which fields in the provided imported &#x27;products&#x27; to update. If not set, will by default update all fields.
 }
 
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that can be sent as ListProductsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;products&quot;: [ # The Products.
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@
       &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
       &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-          &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@
       &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
       &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
         { # Promotion information.
-          &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+          &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
         },
       ],
       &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
   &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@
   &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
   &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
     { # Promotion information.
-      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+      &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
     },
   ],
   &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for RemoveFulfillmentPlaces method.
   &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product is not found, the fulfillment information will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day and processed once the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
-  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; or the region IDs for &quot;same-day-delivery&quot;, to be removed for this type. At least 1 value is required, and a maximum of 2000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 10 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # Required. The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; or the region IDs for &quot;same-day-delivery&quot;, to be removed for this type. At least 1 value is required, and a maximum of 2000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 10 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;removeTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the fulfillment updates are issued, used to prevent out-of-order updates on fulfillment information. If not provided, the internal system time will be used.
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@
 { # Request message for SetInventory method.
   &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product with name Product.name is not found, the inventory update will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day until the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
   &quot;inventory&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. The inventory information to update. The allowable fields to update are: * Product.price_info * Product.availability * Product.available_quantity * Product.fulfillment_info The updated inventory fields must be specified in SetInventoryRequest.set_mask. If SetInventoryRequest.inventory.name is empty or invalid, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If the caller does not have permission to update the Product named in Product.name, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the Product to update does not have existing inventory information, the provided inventory information will be inserted. If the Product to update has existing inventory information, the provided inventory information will be merged while respecting the last update time for each inventory field, using the provided or default value for SetInventoryRequest.set_time. The last update time is recorded for the following inventory fields: * Product.price_info * Product.availability * Product.available_quantity * Product.fulfillment_info If a full overwrite of inventory information while ignoring timestamps is needed, UpdateProduct should be invoked instead.
-    &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+    &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
         &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
         &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@
     &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
     &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-        &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@
     &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
     &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
       { # Promotion information.
-        &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+        &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
       },
     ],
     &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html
index b1e6eac..147d713 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 Args:
   catalog: string, Required. Catalog for which the completion is performed. Full resource name of catalog, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog`. (required)
   dataset: string, Determines which dataset to use for fetching completion. &quot;user-data&quot; will use the imported dataset through CompletionService.ImportCompletionData. &quot;cloud-retail&quot; will use the dataset generated by cloud retail based on user events. If leave empty, it will use the &quot;user-data&quot;. Current supported values: * user-data * cloud-retail This option requires additional allowlisting. Before using cloud-retail, contact Cloud Retail support team first.
-  deviceType: string, The device type context for completion suggestions. It is useful to apply different suggestions on different device types, e.g. DESKTOP, MOBILE. If it is empty, the suggestions are across all device types. Supported formats: * UNKNOWN_DEVICE_TYPE * DESKTOP * MOBILE * A customized string starts with OTHER_, e.g. OTHER_IPHONE.
+  deviceType: string, The device type context for completion suggestions. It is useful to apply different suggestions on different device types, e.g. `DESKTOP`, `MOBILE`. If it is empty, the suggestions are across all device types. Supported formats: * `UNKNOWN_DEVICE_TYPE` * `DESKTOP` * `MOBILE` * A customized string starts with `OTHER_`, e.g. `OTHER_IPHONE`.
   languageCodes: string, The list of languages of the query. This is the BCP-47 language code, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see [Tags for Identifying Languages](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47). The maximum number of allowed characters is 255. Only &quot;en-US&quot; is currently supported. (repeated)
   maxSuggestions: integer, Completion max suggestions. If left unset or set to 0, then will fallback to the configured value CompletionConfig.max_suggestions. The maximum allowed max suggestions is 20. If it is set higher, it will be capped by 20.
   query: string, Required. The query used to generate suggestions. The maximum number of allowed characters is 255.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index 0712b86..c6126d5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
     &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet.
       { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
         &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
           &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
           &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-              &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
           &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
           &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
             { # Promotion information.
-              &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+              &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
             },
           ],
           &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The product data snippet in the search response. Only Product.name is guaranteed to be populated. Product.variants contains the product variants that match the search query. If there are multiple product variants matching the query, top 5 most relevant product variants are returned and ordered by relevancy. If relevancy can be deternmined, use matching_variant_fields to look up matched product variants fields. If relevancy cannot be determined, e.g. when searching &quot;shoe&quot; all products in a shoe product can be a match, 5 product variants are returned but order is meaningless.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
         &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
         &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@
         &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
         &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
           { # Promotion information.
-            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
           },
         ],
         &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
index 55c3377..bdbd6d6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
           &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet.
             { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
               &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-                &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+                &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                     &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                     &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
                 &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
                 &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                   { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-                    &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+                    &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                       &quot;A String&quot;,
                     ],
                     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
                 &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
                 &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
                   { # Promotion information.
-                    &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+                    &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@
   &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet.
     { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@
         &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
         &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@
         &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
         &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
           { # Promotion information.
-            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
           },
         ],
         &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@
   &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished browsing the whole page yet.
     { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@
         &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when this product becomes unavailable for SearchService.Search. If it is set, the Product is not available for SearchService.Search after expire_time. However, the product can still be retrieved by ProductService.GetProduct and ProductService.ListProducts. expire_time must be later than available_time and publish_time, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown. Google Merchant Center property [expiration_date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499).
         &quot;fulfillmentInfo&quot;: [ # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods. All the elements must have distinct FulfillmentInfo.type. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           { # Fulfillment information, such as the store IDs for in-store pickup or region IDs for different shipping methods.
-            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_-]+, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            &quot;placeIds&quot;: [ # The IDs for this type, such as the store IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.pickup-in-store or the region IDs for FulfillmentInfo.type.same-day-delivery. A maximum of 3000 values are allowed. Each value must be a string with a length limit of 30 characters, matching the pattern `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+`, such as &quot;store1&quot; or &quot;REGION-2&quot;. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@
         &quot;primaryProductId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Variant group identifier. Must be an id, with the same parent branch with this product. Otherwise, an error is thrown. For Type.PRIMARY Products, this field can only be empty or set to the same value as id. For VARIANT Products, this field cannot be empty. A maximum of 2,000 products are allowed to share the same Type.PRIMARY Product. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center Property [item_group_id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324507). Schema.org Property [Product.inProductGroupWithID](https://schema.org/inProductGroupWithID). This field must be enabled before it can be used. [Learn more](/recommendations-ai/docs/catalog#item-group-id).
         &quot;promotions&quot;: [ # The promotions applied to the product. A maximum of 10 values are allowed per Product.
           { # Promotion information.
-            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: a-zA-Z*. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
+            &quot;promotionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of the promotion. For example, &quot;free gift&quot;. The value value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters, and match the pattern: `a-zA-Z*`. For example, id0LikeThis or ID_1_LIKE_THIS. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [promotion](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7050148).
           },
         ],
         &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp when the product is published by the retailer for the first time, which indicates the freshness of the products. Note that this field is different from available_time, given it purely describes product freshness regardless of when it is available on search and recommendation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html
index c621440..e250e8a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;options&quot;: { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`.
-    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html
index 65eea5c..d1a56c5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;options&quot;: { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`.
-    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    &quot;requestedPolicyVersion&quot;: 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
index 1eaf511..bee6c9e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
@@ -777,1014 +777,7 @@
           &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
           &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
           &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-          &quot;notesPage&quot;: { # A page in a presentation. # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-            &quot;layoutProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page are only relevant for pages with page_type LAYOUT. # Layout specific properties. Only set if page_type = LAYOUT.
-              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the layout.
-              &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this layout is based on.
-              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the layout.
-            },
-            &quot;masterProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type MASTER. # Master specific properties. Only set if page_type = MASTER.
-              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the master.
-            },
-            &quot;notesProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type NOTES. # Notes specific properties. Only set if page_type = NOTES.
-              &quot;speakerNotesObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the shape on this notes page that contains the speaker notes for the corresponding slide. The actual shape may not always exist on the notes page. Inserting text using this object ID will automatically create the shape. In this case, the actual shape may have different object ID. The `GetPresentation` or `GetPage` action will always return the latest object ID.
-            },
-            &quot;objectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID for this page. Object IDs used by Page and PageElement share the same namespace.
-            &quot;pageElements&quot;: [ # The page elements rendered on the page.
-              { # A visual element rendered on a page.
-                &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the page element. Combined with title to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements.
-                &quot;elementGroup&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a joined collection of PageElements. # A collection of page elements joined as a single unit.
-                  &quot;children&quot;: [ # The collection of elements in the group. The minimum size of a group is 2.
-                    # Object with schema name: PageElement
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing an image. # An image page element.
-                  &quot;contentUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An URL to an image with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation&#x27;s sharing settings change.
-                  &quot;imageProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the image.
-                    &quot;brightness&quot;: 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
-                    &quot;contrast&quot;: 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
-                    &quot;cropProperties&quot;: { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object&#x27;s original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;angle&quot;: 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset.
-                      &quot;bottomOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original height.
-                      &quot;leftOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original width.
-                      &quot;rightOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original width.
-                      &quot;topOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original height.
-                    },
-                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link.
-                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                    },
-                    &quot;outline&quot;: { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline.
-                      &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the outline.
-                      &quot;outlineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
-                        &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                          &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                          &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                            &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            },
-                            &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;recolor&quot;: { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page&#x27;s current color scheme. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;recolorStops&quot;: [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only.
-                        { # A color and position in a gradient band.
-                          &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque.
-                          &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop.
-                            &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            },
-                            &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                          },
-                          &quot;position&quot;: 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0].
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                    &quot;shadow&quot;: { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow&#x27;s color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;blurRadius&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value.
-                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                        },
-                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;rotateWithShape&quot;: True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;transform&quot;: { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x&#x27;, y&#x27;) according to: x&#x27; x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x&#x27; = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y&#x27; = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position.
-                        &quot;scaleX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
-                        &quot;scaleY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
-                        &quot;shearX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
-                        &quot;shearY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
-                        &quot;translateX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
-                        &quot;translateY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for translate elements.
-                      },
-                      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                    },
-                    &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
-                  },
-                  &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
-                    &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
-                    &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
-                  },
-                  &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
-                },
-                &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
-                  &quot;lineCategory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The category of the line. It matches the `category` specified in CreateLineRequest, and can be updated with UpdateLineCategoryRequest.
-                  &quot;lineProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Line. When unset, these fields default to values that match the appearance of new lines created in the Slides editor. # The properties of the line.
-                    &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the line.
-                    &quot;endArrow&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the arrow at the end of the line.
-                    &quot;endConnection&quot;: { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the end of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a &quot;connector&quot; can have an `end_connection`.
-                      &quot;connectedObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line.
-                      &quot;connectionSiteIndex&quot;: 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the &quot;cnx&quot; attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. &quot;Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries&quot; of &quot;Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference&quot;, part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor.
-                    },
-                    &quot;lineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the line. # The fill of the line. The default line fill matches the defaults for new lines created in the Slides editor.
-                      &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                        &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          },
-                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                        },
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the line. If unset, there is no link.
-                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                    },
-                    &quot;startArrow&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the arrow at the beginning of the line.
-                    &quot;startConnection&quot;: { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the beginning of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a &quot;connector&quot; can have a `start_connection`.
-                      &quot;connectedObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line.
-                      &quot;connectionSiteIndex&quot;: 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the &quot;cnx&quot; attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. &quot;Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries&quot; of &quot;Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference&quot;, part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor.
-                    },
-                    &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the line.
-                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;lineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the line.
-                },
-                &quot;objectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID for this page element. Object IDs used by google.apps.slides.v1.Page and google.apps.slides.v1.PageElement share the same namespace.
-                &quot;shape&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a generic shape that does not have a more specific classification. # A generic shape.
-                  &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the shape is a placeholder shape and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
-                    &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
-                    &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
-                  },
-                  &quot;shapeProperties&quot;: { # The properties of a Shape. If the shape is a placeholder shape as determined by the placeholder field, then these properties may be inherited from a parent placeholder shape. Determining the rendered value of the property depends on the corresponding property_state field value. Any text autofit settings on the shape are automatically deactivated by requests that can impact how text fits in the shape. # The properties of the shape.
-                    &quot;autofit&quot;: { # The autofit properties of a Shape. # The autofit properties of the shape. This property is only set for shapes that allow text.
-                      &quot;autofitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The autofit type of the shape. If the autofit type is AUTOFIT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, the autofit type is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. The field is automatically set to NONE if a request is made that might affect text fitting within its bounding text box. In this case the font_scale is applied to the font_size and the line_spacing_reduction is applied to the line_spacing. Both properties are also reset to default values.
-                      &quot;fontScale&quot;: 3.14, # The font scale applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 1. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value multiplied by the font_size gives the font size that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;lineSpacingReduction&quot;: 3.14, # The line spacing reduction applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 0. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value subtracted from the line_spacing gives the line spacing that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only.
-                    },
-                    &quot;contentAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment of the content in the shape. If unspecified, the alignment is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, the default alignment matches the alignment for new shapes created in the Slides editor.
-                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the shape. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent placeholders.
-                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                    },
-                    &quot;outline&quot;: { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the shape. If unset, the outline is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default outline depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor.
-                      &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the outline.
-                      &quot;outlineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
-                        &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                          &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                          &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                            &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            },
-                            &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;shadow&quot;: { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow properties of the shape. If unset, the shadow is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default shadow matches the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow&#x27;s color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;blurRadius&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value.
-                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                        },
-                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;rotateWithShape&quot;: True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;transform&quot;: { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x&#x27;, y&#x27;) according to: x&#x27; x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x&#x27; = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y&#x27; = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position.
-                        &quot;scaleX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
-                        &quot;scaleY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
-                        &quot;shearX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
-                        &quot;shearY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
-                        &quot;translateX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
-                        &quot;translateY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for translate elements.
-                      },
-                      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                    },
-                    &quot;shapeBackgroundFill&quot;: { # The shape background fill. # The background fill of the shape. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default background fill depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor.
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a shape will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a shape, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                        &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          },
-                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                        },
-                      },
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;shapeType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the shape.
-                  &quot;text&quot;: { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the shape.
-                    &quot;lists&quot;: { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list&#x27;s ID.
-                        &quot;listId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the list.
-                        &quot;nestingLevel&quot;: { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive.
-                          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting.
-                            &quot;bulletStyle&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting.
-                              &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                              &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                              &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                              &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                              &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                              },
-                              &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                              &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                              &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                              },
-                              &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                              &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                              &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                              &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                              },
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;textElements&quot;: [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only.
-                      { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell.
-                        &quot;autoText&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time.
-                          &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The rendered content of this auto text, if available.
-                          &quot;style&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text.
-                            &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                              &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                  &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                },
-                                &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                            &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                            &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                            &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                              &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                  &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                },
-                                &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                            &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                              &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                              &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                              &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                              &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                            },
-                            &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                            &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                            &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                            &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                              &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                              &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                            },
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this auto text.
-                        },
-                        &quot;endIndex&quot;: 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units.
-                        &quot;paragraphMarker&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph&#x27;s range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap.
-                          &quot;bullet&quot;: { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list.
-                            &quot;bulletStyle&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet.
-                              &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                              &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                              &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                              &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                              &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                              },
-                              &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                              &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                              &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                              },
-                              &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                              &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                              &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                              &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;glyph&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph.
-                            &quot;listId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to.
-                            &quot;nestingLevel&quot;: 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list.
-                          },
-                          &quot;style&quot;: { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph&#x27;s style
-                            &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text alignment for this paragraph.
-                            &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited.
-                            &quot;indentEnd&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;indentFirstLine&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;indentStart&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;lineSpacing&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                            &quot;spaceAbove&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;spaceBelow&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;spacingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The spacing mode for the paragraph.
-                          },
-                        },
-                        &quot;startIndex&quot;: 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units.
-                        &quot;textRun&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs.
-                          &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this run.
-                          &quot;style&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run.
-                            &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                              &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                  &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                },
-                                &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                            &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                            &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                            &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                              &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                  &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                },
-                                &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                            &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                              &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                              &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                              &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                              &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                            },
-                            &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                            &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                            &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                            &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                              &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                              &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;sheetsChart&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. # A linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. Unlinked charts are represented as images.
-                  &quot;chartId&quot;: 42, # The ID of the specific chart in the Google Sheets spreadsheet that is embedded.
-                  &quot;contentUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of an image of the embedded chart, with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation&#x27;s sharing settings change.
-                  &quot;sheetsChartProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the SheetsChart. # The properties of the Sheets chart.
-                    &quot;chartImageProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the embedded chart image.
-                      &quot;brightness&quot;: 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;contrast&quot;: 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;cropProperties&quot;: { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object&#x27;s original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;angle&quot;: 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset.
-                        &quot;bottomOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original height.
-                        &quot;leftOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original width.
-                        &quot;rightOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original width.
-                        &quot;topOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original height.
-                      },
-                      &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link.
-                        &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                        &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                        &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;outline&quot;: { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline.
-                        &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the outline.
-                        &quot;outlineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
-                          &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                            &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                              &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              },
-                              &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                        &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                        &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
-                          &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                          &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;recolor&quot;: { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page&#x27;s current color scheme. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;recolorStops&quot;: [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only.
-                          { # A color and position in a gradient band.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque.
-                            &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop.
-                              &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              },
-                              &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                            },
-                            &quot;position&quot;: 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0].
-                          },
-                        ],
-                      },
-                      &quot;shadow&quot;: { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow&#x27;s color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                        &quot;blurRadius&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes.
-                          &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                          &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                        },
-                        &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value.
-                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          },
-                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                        },
-                        &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                        &quot;rotateWithShape&quot;: True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;transform&quot;: { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x&#x27;, y&#x27;) according to: x&#x27; x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x&#x27; = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y&#x27; = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position.
-                          &quot;scaleX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
-                          &quot;scaleY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
-                          &quot;shearX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
-                          &quot;shearY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
-                          &quot;translateX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
-                          &quot;translateY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
-                          &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for translate elements.
-                        },
-                        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                      },
-                      &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;spreadsheetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the Google Sheets spreadsheet that contains the source chart.
-                },
-                &quot;size&quot;: { # A width and height. # The size of the page element.
-                  &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
-                    &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                    &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                  },
-                  &quot;width&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object.
-                    &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                    &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;table&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element.
-                  &quot;columns&quot;: 42, # Number of columns in the table.
-                  &quot;horizontalBorderRows&quot;: [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table&#x27;s horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns.
-                    { # Contents of each border row in a table.
-                      &quot;tableBorderCells&quot;: [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border&#x27;s adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response.
-                        { # The properties of each border cell.
-                          &quot;location&quot;: { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table.
-                            &quot;columnIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based column index.
-                            &quot;rowIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based row index.
-                          },
-                          &quot;tableBorderProperties&quot;: { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties.
-                            &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the border.
-                            &quot;tableBorderFill&quot;: { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border.
-                              &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill.
-                                &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                                &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;rows&quot;: 42, # Number of rows in the table.
-                  &quot;tableColumns&quot;: [ # Properties of each column.
-                    { # Properties of each column in a table.
-                      &quot;columnWidth&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Width of a column.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;tableRows&quot;: [ # Properties and contents of each row. Cells that span multiple rows are contained in only one of these rows and have a row_span greater than 1.
-                    { # Properties and contents of each row in a table.
-                      &quot;rowHeight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Height of a row.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                      &quot;tableCells&quot;: [ # Properties and contents of each cell. Cells that span multiple columns are represented only once with a column_span greater than 1. As a result, the length of this collection does not always match the number of columns of the entire table.
-                        { # Properties and contents of each table cell.
-                          &quot;columnSpan&quot;: 42, # Column span of the cell.
-                          &quot;location&quot;: { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the cell within the table.
-                            &quot;columnIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based column index.
-                            &quot;rowIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based row index.
-                          },
-                          &quot;rowSpan&quot;: 42, # Row span of the cell.
-                          &quot;tableCellProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the TableCell. # The properties of the table cell.
-                            &quot;contentAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment of the content in the table cell. The default alignment matches the alignment for newly created table cells in the Slides editor.
-                            &quot;tableCellBackgroundFill&quot;: { # The table cell background fill. # The background fill of the table cell. The default fill matches the fill for newly created table cells in the Slides editor.
-                              &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a table cell will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a table cell, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                              &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                                &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                                &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                            },
-                          },
-                          &quot;text&quot;: { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the cell.
-                            &quot;lists&quot;: { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID.
-                              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list&#x27;s ID.
-                                &quot;listId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the list.
-                                &quot;nestingLevel&quot;: { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive.
-                                  &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting.
-                                    &quot;bulletStyle&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting.
-                                      &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                        &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          },
-                                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                        },
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                                      &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                                      &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                                      &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                        &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          },
-                                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                        },
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                                      &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                        &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                        &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                        &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                                      &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                                      &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                                      &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                        &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                        &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                  },
-                                },
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;textElements&quot;: [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only.
-                              { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell.
-                                &quot;autoText&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time.
-                                  &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The rendered content of this auto text, if available.
-                                  &quot;style&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text.
-                                    &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                      &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                        },
-                                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                                    &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                                    &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                                    &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                      &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                        },
-                                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                                    &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                                    &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                                    &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                      &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                      &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                                    },
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this auto text.
-                                },
-                                &quot;endIndex&quot;: 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units.
-                                &quot;paragraphMarker&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph&#x27;s range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap.
-                                  &quot;bullet&quot;: { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list.
-                                    &quot;bulletStyle&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet.
-                                      &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                        &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          },
-                                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                        },
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                                      &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                                      &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                                      &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                        &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          },
-                                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                        },
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                                      &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                        &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                        &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                        &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                                      &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                                      &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                                      &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                        &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                        &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;glyph&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph.
-                                    &quot;listId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to.
-                                    &quot;nestingLevel&quot;: 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;style&quot;: { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph&#x27;s style
-                                    &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text alignment for this paragraph.
-                                    &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited.
-                                    &quot;indentEnd&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;indentFirstLine&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;indentStart&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;lineSpacing&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                    &quot;spaceAbove&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;spaceBelow&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;spacingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The spacing mode for the paragraph.
-                                  },
-                                },
-                                &quot;startIndex&quot;: 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units.
-                                &quot;textRun&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs.
-                                  &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this run.
-                                  &quot;style&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run.
-                                    &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                      &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                        },
-                                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                                    &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                                    &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                                    &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                      &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                        },
-                                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                                    &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                                    &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                                    &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                      &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                      &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                                    },
-                                  },
-                                },
-                              },
-                            ],
-                          },
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;tableRowProperties&quot;: { # Properties of each row in a table. # Properties of the row.
-                        &quot;minRowHeight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Minimum height of the row. The row will be rendered in the Slides editor at a height equal to or greater than this value in order to show all the text in the row&#x27;s cell(s).
-                          &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                          &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                        },
-                      },
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;verticalBorderRows&quot;: [ # Properties of vertical cell borders. A table&#x27;s vertical cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has the same number of rows as the table and one more column than the number of columns in the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its vertical borders will be represented as a grid with 3 rows and 4 columns.
-                    { # Contents of each border row in a table.
-                      &quot;tableBorderCells&quot;: [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border&#x27;s adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response.
-                        { # The properties of each border cell.
-                          &quot;location&quot;: { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table.
-                            &quot;columnIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based column index.
-                            &quot;rowIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based row index.
-                          },
-                          &quot;tableBorderProperties&quot;: { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties.
-                            &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the border.
-                            &quot;tableBorderFill&quot;: { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border.
-                              &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill.
-                                &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                                &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the page element. Combined with description to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements.
-                &quot;transform&quot;: { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x&#x27;, y&#x27;) according to: x&#x27; x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x&#x27; = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y&#x27; = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # The transform of the page element. The visual appearance of the page element is determined by its absolute transform. To compute the absolute transform, preconcatenate a page element&#x27;s transform with the transforms of all of its parent groups. If the page element is not in a group, its absolute transform is the same as the value in this field. The initial transform for the newly created Group is always the identity transform.
-                  &quot;scaleX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
-                  &quot;scaleY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
-                  &quot;shearX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
-                  &quot;shearY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
-                  &quot;translateX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
-                  &quot;translateY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
-                  &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for translate elements.
-                },
-                &quot;video&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a video. # A video page element.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The video source&#x27;s unique identifier for this video.
-                  &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The video source.
-                  &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An URL to a video. The URL is valid as long as the source video exists and sharing settings do not change.
-                  &quot;videoProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Video. # The properties of the video.
-                    &quot;autoPlay&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable video autoplay when the page is displayed in present mode. Defaults to false.
-                    &quot;end&quot;: 42, # The time at which to end playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the end time should be after the start time. If not set or if you set this to a value that exceeds the video&#x27;s length, the video will be played until its end.
-                    &quot;mute&quot;: True or False, # Whether to mute the audio during video playback. Defaults to false.
-                    &quot;outline&quot;: { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the video. The default outline matches the defaults for new videos created in the Slides editor.
-                      &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the outline.
-                      &quot;outlineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
-                        &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                          &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                          &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                            &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            },
-                            &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;start&quot;: 42, # The time at which to start playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the start time should be before the end time. If you set this to a value that exceeds the video&#x27;s length in seconds, the video will be played from the last second. If not set, the video will be played from the beginning.
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;wordArt&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing word art. # A word art page element.
-                  &quot;renderedText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text rendered as word art.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-            &quot;pageProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Page. The page will inherit properties from the parent page. Depending on the page type the hierarchy is defined in either SlideProperties or LayoutProperties. # The properties of the page.
-              &quot;colorScheme&quot;: { # The palette of predefined colors for a page. # The color scheme of the page. If unset, the color scheme is inherited from a parent page. If the page has no parent, the color scheme uses a default Slides color scheme, matching the defaults in the Slides editor. Only the concrete colors of the first 12 ThemeColorTypes are editable. In addition, only the color scheme on `Master` pages can be updated. To update the field, a color scheme containing mappings from all the first 12 ThemeColorTypes to their concrete colors must be provided. Colors for the remaining ThemeColorTypes will be ignored.
-                &quot;colors&quot;: [ # The ThemeColorType and corresponding concrete color pairs.
-                  { # A pair mapping a theme color type to the concrete color it represents.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # An RGB color. # The concrete color corresponding to the theme color type above.
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the theme color.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;pageBackgroundFill&quot;: { # The page background fill. # The background fill of the page. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent page if it exists. If the page has no parent, then the background fill defaults to the corresponding fill in the Slides editor.
-                &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a page will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a page, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                  &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                  &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                    &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                    },
-                    &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;stretchedPictureFill&quot;: { # The stretched picture fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified picture. The picture is stretched to fit its container. # Stretched picture fill.
-                  &quot;contentUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reading the content_url: An URL to a picture with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the picture as the original requester. Access to the picture may be lost if the presentation&#x27;s sharing settings change. Writing the content_url: The picture is fetched once at insertion time and a copy is stored for display inside the presentation. Pictures must be less than 50MB in size, cannot exceed 25 megapixels, and must be in one of PNG, JPEG, or GIF format. The provided URL can be at most 2 kB in length.
-                  &quot;size&quot;: { # A width and height. # The original size of the picture fill. This field is read-only.
-                    &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
-                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                    },
-                    &quot;width&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object.
-                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
-            &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-            &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-          },
+          &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
         },
       },
       &quot;updateSlidesPosition&quot;: { # Updates the position of slides in the presentation. # Updates the position of a set of slides in the presentation.
@@ -3052,7 +2045,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;locale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag.
@@ -4063,7 +3061,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;notesMaster&quot;: { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only.
@@ -5072,7 +4075,12 @@
     },
     &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
     &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+      &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+    },
   },
   &quot;pageSize&quot;: { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation.
     &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
@@ -6093,7 +5101,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the presentation.
@@ -7115,7 +6128,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;locale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag.
@@ -8126,7 +7144,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;notesMaster&quot;: { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only.
@@ -9135,7 +8158,12 @@
     },
     &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
     &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+      &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+    },
   },
   &quot;pageSize&quot;: { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation.
     &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
@@ -10156,7 +9184,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the presentation.
@@ -11185,7 +10218,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;locale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag.
@@ -12196,7 +11234,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;notesMaster&quot;: { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only.
@@ -13205,7 +12248,12 @@
     },
     &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
     &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+      &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+    },
   },
   &quot;pageSize&quot;: { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation.
     &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
@@ -14226,7 +13274,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the presentation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
index 68f1bda..aab9b5e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
@@ -1110,7 +1110,12 @@
   },
   &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
   &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-  &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+  &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+    &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+    &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+    &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+  },
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
index f599042..0dce471 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
@@ -421,14 +421,7 @@
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
           &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
           &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-          &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-            &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
-              { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-                &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
-              },
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
         },
       },
       &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the DML string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -486,7 +479,11 @@
           &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
             { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-              &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+              &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+                &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+                &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+                &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+              },
             },
           ],
         },
@@ -563,14 +560,7 @@
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-        &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
-          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-            &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
     },
   },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names must conform to the naming requirements of identifiers as specified at https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/lexical#identifiers. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -637,7 +627,11 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          },
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -703,14 +697,7 @@
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-        &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
-          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-            &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
     },
   },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names must conform to the naming requirements of identifiers as specified at https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/lexical#identifiers. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -778,7 +765,11 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          },
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -913,14 +904,7 @@
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-        &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
-          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-            &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
     },
   },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -1176,7 +1160,11 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          },
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -1348,7 +1336,11 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          },
         },
       ],
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
index a28b827..8c9df8d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
     &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
       &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
     },
-    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers with a PosixFilesystem source or destination don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
       &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -194,9 +194,14 @@
       &quot;maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; on or after `NOW` - `max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
       &quot;minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; before `NOW` - `min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
     },
+    &quot;posixDataSink&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data sink.
+      &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
+    },
     &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
       &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
     },
+    &quot;sinkAgentPoolName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the agent pool name associated with the posix data sink. When unspecified, the default name is used.
+    &quot;sourceAgentPoolName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the agent pool name associated with the posix data source. When unspecified, the default name is used.
     &quot;transferOptions&quot;: { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # If the option delete_objects_unique_in_sink is `true` and time-based object conditions such as &#x27;last modification time&#x27; are specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
       &quot;deleteObjectsFromSourceAfterTransfer&quot;: True or False, # Whether objects should be deleted from the source after they are transferred to the sink. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_unique_in_sink are mutually exclusive.
       &quot;deleteObjectsUniqueInSink&quot;: True or False, # Whether objects that exist only in the sink should be deleted. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_from_source_after_transfer are mutually exclusive.
@@ -286,7 +291,7 @@
     &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
       &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
     },
-    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers with a PosixFilesystem source or destination don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
       &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -298,9 +303,14 @@
       &quot;maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; on or after `NOW` - `max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
       &quot;minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; before `NOW` - `min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
     },
+    &quot;posixDataSink&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data sink.
+      &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
+    },
     &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
       &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
     },
+    &quot;sinkAgentPoolName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the agent pool name associated with the posix data sink. When unspecified, the default name is used.
+    &quot;sourceAgentPoolName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the agent pool name associated with the posix data source. When unspecified, the default name is used.
     &quot;transferOptions&quot;: { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # If the option delete_objects_unique_in_sink is `true` and time-based object conditions such as &#x27;last modification time&#x27; are specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
       &quot;deleteObjectsFromSourceAfterTransfer&quot;: True or False, # Whether objects should be deleted from the source after they are transferred to the sink. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_unique_in_sink are mutually exclusive.
       &quot;deleteObjectsUniqueInSink&quot;: True or False, # Whether objects that exist only in the sink should be deleted. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_from_source_after_transfer are mutually exclusive.
@@ -398,7 +408,7 @@
     &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
       &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
     },
-    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers with a PosixFilesystem source or destination don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
       &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -410,9 +420,14 @@
       &quot;maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; on or after `NOW` - `max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
       &quot;minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; before `NOW` - `min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
     },
+    &quot;posixDataSink&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data sink.
+      &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
+    },
     &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
       &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
     },
+    &quot;sinkAgentPoolName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the agent pool name associated with the posix data sink. When unspecified, the default name is used.
+    &quot;sourceAgentPoolName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the agent pool name associated with the posix data source. When unspecified, the default name is used.
     &quot;transferOptions&quot;: { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # If the option delete_objects_unique_in_sink is `true` and time-based object conditions such as &#x27;last modification time&#x27; are specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
       &quot;deleteObjectsFromSourceAfterTransfer&quot;: True or False, # Whether objects should be deleted from the source after they are transferred to the sink. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_unique_in_sink are mutually exclusive.
       &quot;deleteObjectsUniqueInSink&quot;: True or False, # Whether objects that exist only in the sink should be deleted. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_from_source_after_transfer are mutually exclusive.
@@ -514,7 +529,7 @@
         &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
           &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
         },
-        &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+        &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers with a PosixFilesystem source or destination don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
           &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
@@ -526,9 +541,14 @@
           &quot;maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; on or after `NOW` - `max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
           &quot;minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; before `NOW` - `min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
         },
+        &quot;posixDataSink&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data sink.
+          &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
+        },
         &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
           &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
         },
+        &quot;sinkAgentPoolName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the agent pool name associated with the posix data sink. When unspecified, the default name is used.
+        &quot;sourceAgentPoolName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the agent pool name associated with the posix data source. When unspecified, the default name is used.
         &quot;transferOptions&quot;: { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # If the option delete_objects_unique_in_sink is `true` and time-based object conditions such as &#x27;last modification time&#x27; are specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
           &quot;deleteObjectsFromSourceAfterTransfer&quot;: True or False, # Whether objects should be deleted from the source after they are transferred to the sink. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_unique_in_sink are mutually exclusive.
           &quot;deleteObjectsUniqueInSink&quot;: True or False, # Whether objects that exist only in the sink should be deleted. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_from_source_after_transfer are mutually exclusive.
@@ -638,7 +658,7 @@
       &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
         &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
       },
-      &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+      &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers with a PosixFilesystem source or destination don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
         &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -650,9 +670,14 @@
         &quot;maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; on or after `NOW` - `max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
         &quot;minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; before `NOW` - `min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
       },
+      &quot;posixDataSink&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data sink.
+        &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
+      },
       &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
         &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
       },
+      &quot;sinkAgentPoolName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the agent pool name associated with the posix data sink. When unspecified, the default name is used.
+      &quot;sourceAgentPoolName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the agent pool name associated with the posix data source. When unspecified, the default name is used.
       &quot;transferOptions&quot;: { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # If the option delete_objects_unique_in_sink is `true` and time-based object conditions such as &#x27;last modification time&#x27; are specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
         &quot;deleteObjectsFromSourceAfterTransfer&quot;: True or False, # Whether objects should be deleted from the source after they are transferred to the sink. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_unique_in_sink are mutually exclusive.
         &quot;deleteObjectsUniqueInSink&quot;: True or False, # Whether objects that exist only in the sink should be deleted. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_from_source_after_transfer are mutually exclusive.
@@ -744,7 +769,7 @@
     &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
       &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
     },
-    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers that use PosixFilesystem and have a Cloud Storage source don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers with a PosixFilesystem source or destination don&#x27;t support `ObjectConditions`. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
       &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -756,9 +781,14 @@
       &quot;maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; on or after `NOW` - `max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
       &quot;minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, only objects with a &quot;last modification time&quot; before `NOW` - `min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification` and objects that don&#x27;t have a &quot;last modification time&quot; are transferred. For each TransferOperation started by this TransferJob, `NOW` refers to the start_time of the `TransferOperation`.
     },
+    &quot;posixDataSink&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data sink.
+      &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
+    },
     &quot;posixDataSource&quot;: { # A POSIX filesystem resource. # A POSIX Filesystem data source.
       &quot;rootDirectory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Root directory path to the filesystem.
     },
+    &quot;sinkAgentPoolName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the agent pool name associated with the posix data sink. When unspecified, the default name is used.
+    &quot;sourceAgentPoolName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the agent pool name associated with the posix data source. When unspecified, the default name is used.
     &quot;transferOptions&quot;: { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # If the option delete_objects_unique_in_sink is `true` and time-based object conditions such as &#x27;last modification time&#x27; are specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
       &quot;deleteObjectsFromSourceAfterTransfer&quot;: True or False, # Whether objects should be deleted from the source after they are transferred to the sink. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_unique_in_sink are mutually exclusive.
       &quot;deleteObjectsUniqueInSink&quot;: True or False, # Whether objects that exist only in the sink should be deleted. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_from_source_after_transfer are mutually exclusive.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photo.html b/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photo.html
index e5697bf..b63661c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photo.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photo.html
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Photo is used to store 360 photos along with photo metadata.
-  &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
-  &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
+  &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
+  &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Optional. Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
     { # A connection is the link from a source photo to a destination photo.
       &quot;target&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. The destination of the connection from the containing photo to another photo.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
@@ -116,28 +116,28 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;downloadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The download URL for the photo bytes. This field is set only when GetPhotoRequest.view is set to PhotoView.INCLUDE_DOWNLOAD_URL.
-  &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected. Not currently populated.
-  &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
+  &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected.
+  &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. Output only. Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
     &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
   },
-  &quot;places&quot;: [ # Places where this photo belongs.
+  &quot;places&quot;: [ # Optional. Places where this photo belongs.
     { # Place metadata for an entity.
-      &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
+      &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
       &quot;placeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Place identifier, as described in https://developers.google.com/places/place-id.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Pose of the photo.
+  &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Optional. Pose of the photo.
     &quot;accuracyMeters&quot;: 3.14, # The estimated horizontal accuracy of this pose in meters with 68% confidence (one standard deviation). For example, on Android, this value is available from this method: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/location/Location#getAccuracy(). Other platforms have different methods of obtaining similar accuracy estimations.
     &quot;altitude&quot;: 3.14, # Altitude of the pose in meters above WGS84 ellipsoid. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
-    &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
+    &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # The following pose parameters pertain to the center of the photo. They match https://developers.google.com/streetview/spherical-metadata. Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
     &quot;latLngPair&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # Latitude and longitude pair of the pose, as explained here: https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/LatLng When creating a Photo, if the latitude and longitude pair are not provided, the geolocation from the exif header is used. A latitude and longitude pair not provided in the photo or exif header causes the photo process to fail.
       &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
       &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
     },
     &quot;level&quot;: { # Level information containing level number and its corresponding name. # Level (the floor in a building) used to configure vertical navigation.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name assigned to this Level, restricted to 3 characters. Consider how the elevator buttons would be labeled for this level if there was an elevator.
-      &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
+      &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
     },
     &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Pitch, measured at the center of the photo in degrees. Value must be &gt;=-90 and &lt;= 90. A value of -90 means looking directly down, and a value of 90 means looking directly up. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
     &quot;roll&quot;: 3.14, # Roll, measured in degrees. Value must be &gt;= 0 and &lt;360. A value of 0 means level with the horizon. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
@@ -145,10 +145,10 @@
   &quot;shareLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The share link for the photo.
   &quot;thumbnailUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The thumbnail URL for showing a preview of the given photo.
   &quot;transferStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of rights transfer on this photo.
-  &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
+  &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Input only. Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
     &quot;uploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An upload reference should be unique for each user. It follows the form: &quot;https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/media/user/{account_id}/photo/{upload_reference}&quot;
   },
-  &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the image was uploaded.
+  &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the image was uploaded.
   &quot;viewCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. View count of the photo.
 }
 
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Photo is used to store 360 photos along with photo metadata.
-  &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
-  &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
+  &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
+  &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Optional. Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
     { # A connection is the link from a source photo to a destination photo.
       &quot;target&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. The destination of the connection from the containing photo to another photo.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
@@ -170,28 +170,28 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;downloadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The download URL for the photo bytes. This field is set only when GetPhotoRequest.view is set to PhotoView.INCLUDE_DOWNLOAD_URL.
-  &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected. Not currently populated.
-  &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
+  &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected.
+  &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. Output only. Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
     &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
   },
-  &quot;places&quot;: [ # Places where this photo belongs.
+  &quot;places&quot;: [ # Optional. Places where this photo belongs.
     { # Place metadata for an entity.
-      &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
+      &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
       &quot;placeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Place identifier, as described in https://developers.google.com/places/place-id.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Pose of the photo.
+  &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Optional. Pose of the photo.
     &quot;accuracyMeters&quot;: 3.14, # The estimated horizontal accuracy of this pose in meters with 68% confidence (one standard deviation). For example, on Android, this value is available from this method: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/location/Location#getAccuracy(). Other platforms have different methods of obtaining similar accuracy estimations.
     &quot;altitude&quot;: 3.14, # Altitude of the pose in meters above WGS84 ellipsoid. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
-    &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
+    &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # The following pose parameters pertain to the center of the photo. They match https://developers.google.com/streetview/spherical-metadata. Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
     &quot;latLngPair&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # Latitude and longitude pair of the pose, as explained here: https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/LatLng When creating a Photo, if the latitude and longitude pair are not provided, the geolocation from the exif header is used. A latitude and longitude pair not provided in the photo or exif header causes the photo process to fail.
       &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
       &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
     },
     &quot;level&quot;: { # Level information containing level number and its corresponding name. # Level (the floor in a building) used to configure vertical navigation.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name assigned to this Level, restricted to 3 characters. Consider how the elevator buttons would be labeled for this level if there was an elevator.
-      &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
+      &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
     },
     &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Pitch, measured at the center of the photo in degrees. Value must be &gt;=-90 and &lt;= 90. A value of -90 means looking directly down, and a value of 90 means looking directly up. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
     &quot;roll&quot;: 3.14, # Roll, measured in degrees. Value must be &gt;= 0 and &lt;360. A value of 0 means level with the horizon. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
@@ -199,10 +199,10 @@
   &quot;shareLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The share link for the photo.
   &quot;thumbnailUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The thumbnail URL for showing a preview of the given photo.
   &quot;transferStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of rights transfer on this photo.
-  &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
+  &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Input only. Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
     &quot;uploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An upload reference should be unique for each user. It follows the form: &quot;https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/media/user/{account_id}/photo/{upload_reference}&quot;
   },
-  &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the image was uploaded.
+  &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the image was uploaded.
   &quot;viewCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. View count of the photo.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -245,8 +245,8 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Photo is used to store 360 photos along with photo metadata.
-  &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
-  &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
+  &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
+  &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Optional. Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
     { # A connection is the link from a source photo to a destination photo.
       &quot;target&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. The destination of the connection from the containing photo to another photo.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
@@ -254,28 +254,28 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;downloadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The download URL for the photo bytes. This field is set only when GetPhotoRequest.view is set to PhotoView.INCLUDE_DOWNLOAD_URL.
-  &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected. Not currently populated.
-  &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
+  &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected.
+  &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. Output only. Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
     &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
   },
-  &quot;places&quot;: [ # Places where this photo belongs.
+  &quot;places&quot;: [ # Optional. Places where this photo belongs.
     { # Place metadata for an entity.
-      &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
+      &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
       &quot;placeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Place identifier, as described in https://developers.google.com/places/place-id.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Pose of the photo.
+  &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Optional. Pose of the photo.
     &quot;accuracyMeters&quot;: 3.14, # The estimated horizontal accuracy of this pose in meters with 68% confidence (one standard deviation). For example, on Android, this value is available from this method: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/location/Location#getAccuracy(). Other platforms have different methods of obtaining similar accuracy estimations.
     &quot;altitude&quot;: 3.14, # Altitude of the pose in meters above WGS84 ellipsoid. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
-    &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
+    &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # The following pose parameters pertain to the center of the photo. They match https://developers.google.com/streetview/spherical-metadata. Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
     &quot;latLngPair&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # Latitude and longitude pair of the pose, as explained here: https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/LatLng When creating a Photo, if the latitude and longitude pair are not provided, the geolocation from the exif header is used. A latitude and longitude pair not provided in the photo or exif header causes the photo process to fail.
       &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
       &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
     },
     &quot;level&quot;: { # Level information containing level number and its corresponding name. # Level (the floor in a building) used to configure vertical navigation.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name assigned to this Level, restricted to 3 characters. Consider how the elevator buttons would be labeled for this level if there was an elevator.
-      &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
+      &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
     },
     &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Pitch, measured at the center of the photo in degrees. Value must be &gt;=-90 and &lt;= 90. A value of -90 means looking directly down, and a value of 90 means looking directly up. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
     &quot;roll&quot;: 3.14, # Roll, measured in degrees. Value must be &gt;= 0 and &lt;360. A value of 0 means level with the horizon. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
@@ -283,10 +283,10 @@
   &quot;shareLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The share link for the photo.
   &quot;thumbnailUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The thumbnail URL for showing a preview of the given photo.
   &quot;transferStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of rights transfer on this photo.
-  &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
+  &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Input only. Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
     &quot;uploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An upload reference should be unique for each user. It follows the form: &quot;https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/media/user/{account_id}/photo/{upload_reference}&quot;
   },
-  &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the image was uploaded.
+  &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the image was uploaded.
   &quot;viewCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. View count of the photo.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -325,8 +325,8 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Photo is used to store 360 photos along with photo metadata.
-  &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
-  &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
+  &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
+  &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Optional. Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
     { # A connection is the link from a source photo to a destination photo.
       &quot;target&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. The destination of the connection from the containing photo to another photo.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
@@ -334,28 +334,28 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;downloadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The download URL for the photo bytes. This field is set only when GetPhotoRequest.view is set to PhotoView.INCLUDE_DOWNLOAD_URL.
-  &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected. Not currently populated.
-  &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
+  &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected.
+  &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. Output only. Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
     &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
   },
-  &quot;places&quot;: [ # Places where this photo belongs.
+  &quot;places&quot;: [ # Optional. Places where this photo belongs.
     { # Place metadata for an entity.
-      &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
+      &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
       &quot;placeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Place identifier, as described in https://developers.google.com/places/place-id.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Pose of the photo.
+  &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Optional. Pose of the photo.
     &quot;accuracyMeters&quot;: 3.14, # The estimated horizontal accuracy of this pose in meters with 68% confidence (one standard deviation). For example, on Android, this value is available from this method: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/location/Location#getAccuracy(). Other platforms have different methods of obtaining similar accuracy estimations.
     &quot;altitude&quot;: 3.14, # Altitude of the pose in meters above WGS84 ellipsoid. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
-    &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
+    &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # The following pose parameters pertain to the center of the photo. They match https://developers.google.com/streetview/spherical-metadata. Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
     &quot;latLngPair&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # Latitude and longitude pair of the pose, as explained here: https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/LatLng When creating a Photo, if the latitude and longitude pair are not provided, the geolocation from the exif header is used. A latitude and longitude pair not provided in the photo or exif header causes the photo process to fail.
       &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
       &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
     },
     &quot;level&quot;: { # Level information containing level number and its corresponding name. # Level (the floor in a building) used to configure vertical navigation.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name assigned to this Level, restricted to 3 characters. Consider how the elevator buttons would be labeled for this level if there was an elevator.
-      &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
+      &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
     },
     &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Pitch, measured at the center of the photo in degrees. Value must be &gt;=-90 and &lt;= 90. A value of -90 means looking directly down, and a value of 90 means looking directly up. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
     &quot;roll&quot;: 3.14, # Roll, measured in degrees. Value must be &gt;= 0 and &lt;360. A value of 0 means level with the horizon. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
@@ -363,14 +363,14 @@
   &quot;shareLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The share link for the photo.
   &quot;thumbnailUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The thumbnail URL for showing a preview of the given photo.
   &quot;transferStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of rights transfer on this photo.
-  &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
+  &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Input only. Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
     &quot;uploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An upload reference should be unique for each user. It follows the form: &quot;https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/media/user/{account_id}/photo/{upload_reference}&quot;
   },
-  &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the image was uploaded.
+  &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the image was uploaded.
   &quot;viewCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. View count of the photo.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Required. Mask that identifies fields on the photo metadata to update. If not present, the old Photo metadata is entirely replaced with the new Photo metadata in this request. The update fails if invalid fields are specified. Multiple fields can be specified in a comma-delimited list. The following fields are valid: * `pose.heading` * `pose.latLngPair` * `pose.pitch` * `pose.roll` * `pose.level` * `pose.altitude` * `connections` * `places` *Note:* When updateMask contains repeated fields, the entire set of repeated values get replaced with the new contents. For example, if updateMask contains `connections` and `UpdatePhotoRequest.photo.connections` is empty, all connections are removed.
+  updateMask: string, Required. Mask that identifies fields on the photo metadata to update. If not present, the old Photo metadata is entirely replaced with the new Photo metadata in this request. The update fails if invalid fields are specified. Multiple fields can be specified in a comma-delimited list. The following fields are valid: * `pose.heading` * `pose.latLngPair` * `pose.pitch` * `pose.roll` * `pose.level` * `pose.altitude` * `connections` * `places` &gt; Note: When updateMask contains repeated fields, the entire set of repeated values get replaced with the new contents. For example, if updateMask contains `connections` and `UpdatePhotoRequest.photo.connections` is empty, all connections are removed.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -380,8 +380,8 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Photo is used to store 360 photos along with photo metadata.
-  &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
-  &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
+  &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
+  &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Optional. Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
     { # A connection is the link from a source photo to a destination photo.
       &quot;target&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. The destination of the connection from the containing photo to another photo.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
@@ -389,28 +389,28 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;downloadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The download URL for the photo bytes. This field is set only when GetPhotoRequest.view is set to PhotoView.INCLUDE_DOWNLOAD_URL.
-  &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected. Not currently populated.
-  &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
+  &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected.
+  &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. Output only. Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
     &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
   },
-  &quot;places&quot;: [ # Places where this photo belongs.
+  &quot;places&quot;: [ # Optional. Places where this photo belongs.
     { # Place metadata for an entity.
-      &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
+      &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
       &quot;placeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Place identifier, as described in https://developers.google.com/places/place-id.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Pose of the photo.
+  &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Optional. Pose of the photo.
     &quot;accuracyMeters&quot;: 3.14, # The estimated horizontal accuracy of this pose in meters with 68% confidence (one standard deviation). For example, on Android, this value is available from this method: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/location/Location#getAccuracy(). Other platforms have different methods of obtaining similar accuracy estimations.
     &quot;altitude&quot;: 3.14, # Altitude of the pose in meters above WGS84 ellipsoid. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
-    &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
+    &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # The following pose parameters pertain to the center of the photo. They match https://developers.google.com/streetview/spherical-metadata. Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
     &quot;latLngPair&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # Latitude and longitude pair of the pose, as explained here: https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/LatLng When creating a Photo, if the latitude and longitude pair are not provided, the geolocation from the exif header is used. A latitude and longitude pair not provided in the photo or exif header causes the photo process to fail.
       &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
       &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
     },
     &quot;level&quot;: { # Level information containing level number and its corresponding name. # Level (the floor in a building) used to configure vertical navigation.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name assigned to this Level, restricted to 3 characters. Consider how the elevator buttons would be labeled for this level if there was an elevator.
-      &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
+      &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
     },
     &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Pitch, measured at the center of the photo in degrees. Value must be &gt;=-90 and &lt;= 90. A value of -90 means looking directly down, and a value of 90 means looking directly up. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
     &quot;roll&quot;: 3.14, # Roll, measured in degrees. Value must be &gt;= 0 and &lt;360. A value of 0 means level with the horizon. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
@@ -418,10 +418,10 @@
   &quot;shareLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The share link for the photo.
   &quot;thumbnailUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The thumbnail URL for showing a preview of the given photo.
   &quot;transferStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of rights transfer on this photo.
-  &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
+  &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Input only. Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
     &quot;uploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An upload reference should be unique for each user. It follows the form: &quot;https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/media/user/{account_id}/photo/{upload_reference}&quot;
   },
-  &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the image was uploaded.
+  &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the image was uploaded.
   &quot;viewCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. View count of the photo.
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html b/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html
index 2193611..9448bd0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@
 <p class="firstline">Gets the metadata of the specified Photo batch. Note that if BatchGetPhotos fails, either critical fields are missing or there is an authentication error. Even if BatchGetPhotos succeeds, individual photos in the batch may have failures. These failures are specified in each PhotoResponse.status in BatchGetPhotosResponse.results. See GetPhoto for specific failures that can occur per photo.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the metadata of Photos, such as pose, place association, connections, etc. Changing the pixels of photos is not supported. Note that if BatchUpdatePhotos fails, either critical fields are missing or there is an authentication error. Even if BatchUpdatePhotos succeeds, individual photos in the batch may have failures. These failures are specified in each PhotoResponse.status in BatchUpdatePhotosResponse.results. See UpdatePhoto for specific failures that can occur per photo. Only the fields specified in updateMask field are used. If `updateMask` is not present, the update applies to all fields. The number of UpdatePhotoRequest messages in a BatchUpdatePhotosRequest must not exceed 20. *Note:* To update Pose.altitude, Pose.latLngPair has to be filled as well. Otherwise, the request will fail.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the metadata of Photos, such as pose, place association, connections, etc. Changing the pixels of photos is not supported. Note that if BatchUpdatePhotos fails, either critical fields are missing or there is an authentication error. Even if BatchUpdatePhotos succeeds, individual photos in the batch may have failures. These failures are specified in each PhotoResponse.status in BatchUpdatePhotosResponse.results. See UpdatePhoto for specific failures that can occur per photo. Only the fields specified in updateMask field are used. If `updateMask` is not present, the update applies to all fields. The number of UpdatePhotoRequest messages in a BatchUpdatePhotosRequest must not exceed 20. > Note: To update Pose.altitude, Pose.latLngPair has to be filled as well. Otherwise, the request will fail.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(filter=None, languageCode=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists all the Photos that belong to the user. *Note:* Recently created photos that are still being indexed are not returned in the response.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all the Photos that belong to the user. > Note: Recently created photos that are still being indexed are not returned in the response.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@
   &quot;results&quot;: [ # List of results for each individual Photo requested, in the same order as the requests in BatchGetPhotos.
     { # Response payload for a single Photo in batch operations including BatchGetPhotos and BatchUpdatePhotos.
       &quot;photo&quot;: { # Photo is used to store 360 photos along with photo metadata. # The Photo resource, if the request was successful.
-        &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
-        &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
+        &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
+        &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Optional. Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
           { # A connection is the link from a source photo to a destination photo.
             &quot;target&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. The destination of the connection from the containing photo to another photo.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
@@ -162,28 +162,28 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;downloadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The download URL for the photo bytes. This field is set only when GetPhotoRequest.view is set to PhotoView.INCLUDE_DOWNLOAD_URL.
-        &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected. Not currently populated.
-        &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
+        &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected.
+        &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. Output only. Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
         },
-        &quot;places&quot;: [ # Places where this photo belongs.
+        &quot;places&quot;: [ # Optional. Places where this photo belongs.
           { # Place metadata for an entity.
-            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
+            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
             &quot;placeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Place identifier, as described in https://developers.google.com/places/place-id.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Pose of the photo.
+        &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Optional. Pose of the photo.
           &quot;accuracyMeters&quot;: 3.14, # The estimated horizontal accuracy of this pose in meters with 68% confidence (one standard deviation). For example, on Android, this value is available from this method: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/location/Location#getAccuracy(). Other platforms have different methods of obtaining similar accuracy estimations.
           &quot;altitude&quot;: 3.14, # Altitude of the pose in meters above WGS84 ellipsoid. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
-          &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
+          &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # The following pose parameters pertain to the center of the photo. They match https://developers.google.com/streetview/spherical-metadata. Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
           &quot;latLngPair&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # Latitude and longitude pair of the pose, as explained here: https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/LatLng When creating a Photo, if the latitude and longitude pair are not provided, the geolocation from the exif header is used. A latitude and longitude pair not provided in the photo or exif header causes the photo process to fail.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
             &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
           },
           &quot;level&quot;: { # Level information containing level number and its corresponding name. # Level (the floor in a building) used to configure vertical navigation.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name assigned to this Level, restricted to 3 characters. Consider how the elevator buttons would be labeled for this level if there was an elevator.
-            &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
+            &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
           },
           &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Pitch, measured at the center of the photo in degrees. Value must be &gt;=-90 and &lt;= 90. A value of -90 means looking directly down, and a value of 90 means looking directly up. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
           &quot;roll&quot;: 3.14, # Roll, measured in degrees. Value must be &gt;= 0 and &lt;360. A value of 0 means level with the horizon. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
@@ -191,10 +191,10 @@
         &quot;shareLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The share link for the photo.
         &quot;thumbnailUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The thumbnail URL for showing a preview of the given photo.
         &quot;transferStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of rights transfer on this photo.
-        &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
+        &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Input only. Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
           &quot;uploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An upload reference should be unique for each user. It follows the form: &quot;https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/media/user/{account_id}/photo/{upload_reference}&quot;
         },
-        &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the image was uploaded.
+        &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the image was uploaded.
         &quot;viewCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. View count of the photo.
       },
       &quot;status&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The status for the operation to get or update a single photo in the batch request.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates the metadata of Photos, such as pose, place association, connections, etc. Changing the pixels of photos is not supported. Note that if BatchUpdatePhotos fails, either critical fields are missing or there is an authentication error. Even if BatchUpdatePhotos succeeds, individual photos in the batch may have failures. These failures are specified in each PhotoResponse.status in BatchUpdatePhotosResponse.results. See UpdatePhoto for specific failures that can occur per photo. Only the fields specified in updateMask field are used. If `updateMask` is not present, the update applies to all fields. The number of UpdatePhotoRequest messages in a BatchUpdatePhotosRequest must not exceed 20. *Note:* To update Pose.altitude, Pose.latLngPair has to be filled as well. Otherwise, the request will fail.
+  <pre>Updates the metadata of Photos, such as pose, place association, connections, etc. Changing the pixels of photos is not supported. Note that if BatchUpdatePhotos fails, either critical fields are missing or there is an authentication error. Even if BatchUpdatePhotos succeeds, individual photos in the batch may have failures. These failures are specified in each PhotoResponse.status in BatchUpdatePhotosResponse.results. See UpdatePhoto for specific failures that can occur per photo. Only the fields specified in updateMask field are used. If `updateMask` is not present, the update applies to all fields. The number of UpdatePhotoRequest messages in a BatchUpdatePhotosRequest must not exceed 20. &gt; Note: To update Pose.altitude, Pose.latLngPair has to be filled as well. Otherwise, the request will fail.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -223,8 +223,8 @@
   &quot;updatePhotoRequests&quot;: [ # Required. List of UpdatePhotoRequests.
     { # Request to update the metadata of a Photo. Updating the pixels of a photo is not supported.
       &quot;photo&quot;: { # Photo is used to store 360 photos along with photo metadata. # Required. Photo object containing the new metadata.
-        &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
-        &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
+        &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
+        &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Optional. Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
           { # A connection is the link from a source photo to a destination photo.
             &quot;target&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. The destination of the connection from the containing photo to another photo.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
@@ -232,28 +232,28 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;downloadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The download URL for the photo bytes. This field is set only when GetPhotoRequest.view is set to PhotoView.INCLUDE_DOWNLOAD_URL.
-        &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected. Not currently populated.
-        &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
+        &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected.
+        &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. Output only. Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
         },
-        &quot;places&quot;: [ # Places where this photo belongs.
+        &quot;places&quot;: [ # Optional. Places where this photo belongs.
           { # Place metadata for an entity.
-            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
+            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
             &quot;placeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Place identifier, as described in https://developers.google.com/places/place-id.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Pose of the photo.
+        &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Optional. Pose of the photo.
           &quot;accuracyMeters&quot;: 3.14, # The estimated horizontal accuracy of this pose in meters with 68% confidence (one standard deviation). For example, on Android, this value is available from this method: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/location/Location#getAccuracy(). Other platforms have different methods of obtaining similar accuracy estimations.
           &quot;altitude&quot;: 3.14, # Altitude of the pose in meters above WGS84 ellipsoid. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
-          &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
+          &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # The following pose parameters pertain to the center of the photo. They match https://developers.google.com/streetview/spherical-metadata. Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
           &quot;latLngPair&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # Latitude and longitude pair of the pose, as explained here: https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/LatLng When creating a Photo, if the latitude and longitude pair are not provided, the geolocation from the exif header is used. A latitude and longitude pair not provided in the photo or exif header causes the photo process to fail.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
             &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
           },
           &quot;level&quot;: { # Level information containing level number and its corresponding name. # Level (the floor in a building) used to configure vertical navigation.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name assigned to this Level, restricted to 3 characters. Consider how the elevator buttons would be labeled for this level if there was an elevator.
-            &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
+            &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
           },
           &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Pitch, measured at the center of the photo in degrees. Value must be &gt;=-90 and &lt;= 90. A value of -90 means looking directly down, and a value of 90 means looking directly up. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
           &quot;roll&quot;: 3.14, # Roll, measured in degrees. Value must be &gt;= 0 and &lt;360. A value of 0 means level with the horizon. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
@@ -261,13 +261,13 @@
         &quot;shareLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The share link for the photo.
         &quot;thumbnailUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The thumbnail URL for showing a preview of the given photo.
         &quot;transferStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of rights transfer on this photo.
-        &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
+        &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Input only. Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
           &quot;uploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An upload reference should be unique for each user. It follows the form: &quot;https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/media/user/{account_id}/photo/{upload_reference}&quot;
         },
-        &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the image was uploaded.
+        &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the image was uploaded.
         &quot;viewCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. View count of the photo.
       },
-      &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Mask that identifies fields on the photo metadata to update. If not present, the old Photo metadata is entirely replaced with the new Photo metadata in this request. The update fails if invalid fields are specified. Multiple fields can be specified in a comma-delimited list. The following fields are valid: * `pose.heading` * `pose.latLngPair` * `pose.pitch` * `pose.roll` * `pose.level` * `pose.altitude` * `connections` * `places` *Note:* When updateMask contains repeated fields, the entire set of repeated values get replaced with the new contents. For example, if updateMask contains `connections` and `UpdatePhotoRequest.photo.connections` is empty, all connections are removed.
+      &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Mask that identifies fields on the photo metadata to update. If not present, the old Photo metadata is entirely replaced with the new Photo metadata in this request. The update fails if invalid fields are specified. Multiple fields can be specified in a comma-delimited list. The following fields are valid: * `pose.heading` * `pose.latLngPair` * `pose.pitch` * `pose.roll` * `pose.level` * `pose.altitude` * `connections` * `places` &gt; Note: When updateMask contains repeated fields, the entire set of repeated values get replaced with the new contents. For example, if updateMask contains `connections` and `UpdatePhotoRequest.photo.connections` is empty, all connections are removed.
     },
   ],
 }
@@ -284,8 +284,8 @@
   &quot;results&quot;: [ # List of results for each individual Photo updated, in the same order as the request.
     { # Response payload for a single Photo in batch operations including BatchGetPhotos and BatchUpdatePhotos.
       &quot;photo&quot;: { # Photo is used to store 360 photos along with photo metadata. # The Photo resource, if the request was successful.
-        &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
-        &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
+        &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
+        &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Optional. Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
           { # A connection is the link from a source photo to a destination photo.
             &quot;target&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. The destination of the connection from the containing photo to another photo.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
@@ -293,28 +293,28 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;downloadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The download URL for the photo bytes. This field is set only when GetPhotoRequest.view is set to PhotoView.INCLUDE_DOWNLOAD_URL.
-        &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected. Not currently populated.
-        &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
+        &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected.
+        &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. Output only. Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
         },
-        &quot;places&quot;: [ # Places where this photo belongs.
+        &quot;places&quot;: [ # Optional. Places where this photo belongs.
           { # Place metadata for an entity.
-            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
+            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
             &quot;placeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Place identifier, as described in https://developers.google.com/places/place-id.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Pose of the photo.
+        &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Optional. Pose of the photo.
           &quot;accuracyMeters&quot;: 3.14, # The estimated horizontal accuracy of this pose in meters with 68% confidence (one standard deviation). For example, on Android, this value is available from this method: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/location/Location#getAccuracy(). Other platforms have different methods of obtaining similar accuracy estimations.
           &quot;altitude&quot;: 3.14, # Altitude of the pose in meters above WGS84 ellipsoid. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
-          &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
+          &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # The following pose parameters pertain to the center of the photo. They match https://developers.google.com/streetview/spherical-metadata. Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
           &quot;latLngPair&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # Latitude and longitude pair of the pose, as explained here: https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/LatLng When creating a Photo, if the latitude and longitude pair are not provided, the geolocation from the exif header is used. A latitude and longitude pair not provided in the photo or exif header causes the photo process to fail.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
             &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
           },
           &quot;level&quot;: { # Level information containing level number and its corresponding name. # Level (the floor in a building) used to configure vertical navigation.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name assigned to this Level, restricted to 3 characters. Consider how the elevator buttons would be labeled for this level if there was an elevator.
-            &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
+            &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
           },
           &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Pitch, measured at the center of the photo in degrees. Value must be &gt;=-90 and &lt;= 90. A value of -90 means looking directly down, and a value of 90 means looking directly up. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
           &quot;roll&quot;: 3.14, # Roll, measured in degrees. Value must be &gt;= 0 and &lt;360. A value of 0 means level with the horizon. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
@@ -322,10 +322,10 @@
         &quot;shareLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The share link for the photo.
         &quot;thumbnailUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The thumbnail URL for showing a preview of the given photo.
         &quot;transferStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of rights transfer on this photo.
-        &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
+        &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Input only. Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
           &quot;uploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An upload reference should be unique for each user. It follows the form: &quot;https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/media/user/{account_id}/photo/{upload_reference}&quot;
         },
-        &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the image was uploaded.
+        &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the image was uploaded.
         &quot;viewCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. View count of the photo.
       },
       &quot;status&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The status for the operation to get or update a single photo in the batch request.
@@ -349,13 +349,13 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(filter=None, languageCode=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Lists all the Photos that belong to the user. *Note:* Recently created photos that are still being indexed are not returned in the response.
+  <pre>Lists all the Photos that belong to the user. &gt; Note: Recently created photos that are still being indexed are not returned in the response.
 
 Args:
   filter: string, Optional. The filter expression. For example: `placeId=ChIJj61dQgK6j4AR4GeTYWZsKWw`. The filters supported at the moment are: `placeId`.
-  languageCode: string, The BCP-47 language code, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. If language_code is unspecified, the user&#x27;s language preference for Google services is used.
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of photos to return. `pageSize` must be non-negative. If `pageSize` is zero or is not provided, the default page size of 100 is used. The number of photos returned in the response may be less than `pageSize` if the number of photos that belong to the user is less than `pageSize`.
-  pageToken: string, The nextPageToken value returned from a previous ListPhotos request, if any.
+  languageCode: string, Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. If language_code is unspecified, the user&#x27;s language preference for Google services is used.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of photos to return. `pageSize` must be non-negative. If `pageSize` is zero or is not provided, the default page size of 100 is used. The number of photos returned in the response may be less than `pageSize` if the number of photos that belong to the user is less than `pageSize`.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The nextPageToken value returned from a previous ListPhotos request, if any.
   view: string, Required. Specifies if a download URL for the photos bytes should be returned in the Photos response.
     Allowed values
       BASIC - Server responses do not include the download URL for the photo bytes. The default value.
@@ -372,8 +372,8 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
   &quot;photos&quot;: [ # List of photos. The pageSize field in the request determines the number of items returned.
     { # Photo is used to store 360 photos along with photo metadata.
-      &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
-      &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
+      &quot;captureTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Absolute time when the photo was captured. When the photo has no exif timestamp, this is used to set a timestamp in the photo metadata.
+      &quot;connections&quot;: [ # Optional. Connections to other photos. A connection represents the link from this photo to another photo.
         { # A connection is the link from a source photo to a destination photo.
           &quot;target&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. The destination of the connection from the containing photo to another photo.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
@@ -381,28 +381,28 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;downloadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The download URL for the photo bytes. This field is set only when GetPhotoRequest.view is set to PhotoView.INCLUDE_DOWNLOAD_URL.
-      &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected. Not currently populated.
-      &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
+      &quot;mapsPublishStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status in Google Maps, whether this photo was published or rejected.
+      &quot;photoId&quot;: { # Identifier for a Photo. # Required. Output only. Required when updating a photo. Output only when creating a photo. Identifier for the photo, which is unique among all photos in Google.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for a photo.
       },
-      &quot;places&quot;: [ # Places where this photo belongs.
+      &quot;places&quot;: [ # Optional. Places where this photo belongs.
         { # Place metadata for an entity.
-          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output-only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
+          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The language_code that the name is localized with. This should be the language_code specified in the request, but may be a fallback.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the place, localized to the language_code.
           &quot;placeId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Place identifier, as described in https://developers.google.com/places/place-id.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Pose of the photo.
+      &quot;pose&quot;: { # Raw pose measurement for an entity. # Optional. Pose of the photo.
         &quot;accuracyMeters&quot;: 3.14, # The estimated horizontal accuracy of this pose in meters with 68% confidence (one standard deviation). For example, on Android, this value is available from this method: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/location/Location#getAccuracy(). Other platforms have different methods of obtaining similar accuracy estimations.
         &quot;altitude&quot;: 3.14, # Altitude of the pose in meters above WGS84 ellipsoid. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
-        &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
+        &quot;heading&quot;: 3.14, # The following pose parameters pertain to the center of the photo. They match https://developers.google.com/streetview/spherical-metadata. Compass heading, measured at the center of the photo in degrees clockwise from North. Value must be &gt;=0 and &lt;360. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
         &quot;latLngPair&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # Latitude and longitude pair of the pose, as explained here: https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/LatLng When creating a Photo, if the latitude and longitude pair are not provided, the geolocation from the exif header is used. A latitude and longitude pair not provided in the photo or exif header causes the photo process to fail.
           &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
           &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
         },
         &quot;level&quot;: { # Level information containing level number and its corresponding name. # Level (the floor in a building) used to configure vertical navigation.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name assigned to this Level, restricted to 3 characters. Consider how the elevator buttons would be labeled for this level if there was an elevator.
-          &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
+          &quot;number&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Floor number, used for ordering. 0 indicates the ground level, 1 indicates the first level above ground level, -1 indicates the first level under ground level. Non-integer values are OK.
         },
         &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Pitch, measured at the center of the photo in degrees. Value must be &gt;=-90 and &lt;= 90. A value of -90 means looking directly down, and a value of 90 means looking directly up. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
         &quot;roll&quot;: 3.14, # Roll, measured in degrees. Value must be &gt;= 0 and &lt;360. A value of 0 means level with the horizon. NaN indicates an unmeasured quantity.
@@ -410,10 +410,10 @@
       &quot;shareLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The share link for the photo.
       &quot;thumbnailUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The thumbnail URL for showing a preview of the given photo.
       &quot;transferStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of rights transfer on this photo.
-      &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
+      &quot;uploadReference&quot;: { # Upload reference for media files. # Input only. Required when creating a photo. Input only. The resource URL where the photo bytes are uploaded to.
         &quot;uploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An upload reference should be unique for each user. It follows the form: &quot;https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/media/user/{account_id}/photo/{upload_reference}&quot;
       },
-      &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the image was uploaded.
+      &quot;uploadTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the image was uploaded.
       &quot;viewCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. View count of the photo.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html
index fbdafce..c839565 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html
@@ -85,6 +85,9 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the operations Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#batchTranslateDocument">batchTranslateDocument(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Translates a large volume of document in asynchronous batch mode. This function provides real-time output as the inputs are being processed. If caller cancels a request, the partial results (for an input file, it's all or nothing) may still be available on the specified output location. This call returns immediately and you can use google.longrunning.Operation.name to poll the status of the call.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#batchTranslateText">batchTranslateText(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Translates a large volume of text in asynchronous batch mode. This function provides real-time output as the inputs are being processed. If caller cancels a request, the partial results (for an input file, it's all or nothing) may still be available on the specified output location. This call returns immediately and you can use google.longrunning.Operation.name to poll the status of the call.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -106,10 +109,82 @@
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#translateDocument">translateDocument(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Translates documents in synchronous mode.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#translateText">translateText(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Translates input text and returns translated text.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="batchTranslateDocument">batchTranslateDocument(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Translates a large volume of document in asynchronous batch mode. This function provides real-time output as the inputs are being processed. If caller cancels a request, the partial results (for an input file, it&#x27;s all or nothing) may still be available on the specified output location. This call returns immediately and you can use google.longrunning.Operation.name to poll the status of the call.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Location to make a regional call. Format: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}`. The `global` location is not supported for batch translation. Only AutoML Translation models or glossaries within the same region (have the same location-id) can be used, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT (400) error is returned. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The BatchTranslateDocument request.
+  &quot;formatConversions&quot;: { # Optional.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;glossaries&quot;: { # Optional. Glossaries to be applied. It&#x27;s keyed by target language code.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configures which glossary should be used for a specific target language, and defines options for applying that glossary.
+      &quot;glossary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The `glossary` to be applied for this translation. The format depends on glossary: - User provided custom glossary: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/glossaries/{glossary-id}`
+      &quot;ignoreCase&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates match is case-insensitive. Default value is false if missing.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;inputConfigs&quot;: [ # Required. Input configurations. The total number of files matched should be &lt;= 100. The total content size to translate should be &lt;= 100M Unicode codepoints. The files must use UTF-8 encoding.
+    { # Input configuration for BatchTranslateDocument request.
+      &quot;gcsSource&quot;: { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Google Cloud Storage location for the source input. This can be a single file (for example, `gs://translation-test/input.docx`) or a wildcard (for example, `gs://translation-test/*`). File mime type is determined based on extension. Supported mime type includes: - `pdf`, application/pdf - `docx`, application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document - `pptx`, application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation - `xlsx`, application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet The max file size to support for `.docx`, `.pptx` and `.xlsx` is 100MB. The max file size to support for `.pdf` is 1GB and the max page limit is 1000 pages. The max file size to support for all input documents is 1GB.
+        &quot;inputUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Source data URI. For example, `gs://my_bucket/my_object`.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;models&quot;: { # Optional. The models to use for translation. Map&#x27;s key is target language code. Map&#x27;s value is the model name. Value can be a built-in general model, or an AutoML Translation model. The value format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, If the map is empty or a specific model is not requested for a language pair, then default google model (nmt) is used.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;outputConfig&quot;: { # Output configuration for BatchTranslateDocument request. # Required. Output configuration. If 2 input configs match to the same file (that is, same input path), we don&#x27;t generate output for duplicate inputs.
+    &quot;gcsDestination&quot;: { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the output content. # Google Cloud Storage destination for output content. For every single input document (for example, gs://a/b/c.[extension]), we generate at most 2 * n output files. (n is the # of target_language_codes in the BatchTranslateDocumentRequest). While the input documents are being processed, we write/update an index file `index.csv` under `gcs_destination.output_uri_prefix` (for example, gs://translation_output/index.csv) The index file is generated/updated as new files are being translated. The format is: input_document,target_language_code,translation_output,error_output, glossary_translation_output,glossary_error_output `input_document` is one file we matched using gcs_source.input_uri. `target_language_code` is provided in the request. `translation_output` contains the translations. (details provided below) `error_output` contains the error message during processing of the file. Both translations_file and errors_file could be empty strings if we have no content to output. `glossary_translation_output` and `glossary_error_output` are the translated output/error when we apply glossaries. They could also be empty if we have no content to output. Once a row is present in index.csv, the input/output matching never changes. Callers should also expect all the content in input_file are processed and ready to be consumed (that is, no partial output file is written). Since index.csv will be keeping updated during the process, please make sure there is no custom retention policy applied on the output bucket that may avoid file updating. (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-lock?hl=en#retention-policy) The naming format of translation output files follows (for target language code [trg]): `translation_output`: gs://translation_output/a_b_c_[trg]_translation.[extension] `glossary_translation_output`: gs://translation_test/a_b_c_[trg]_glossary_translation.[extension] The output document will maintain the same file format as the input document. The naming format of error output files follows (for target language code [trg]): `error_output`: gs://translation_test/a_b_c_[trg]_errors.txt `glossary_error_output`: gs://translation_test/a_b_c_[trg]_glossary_translation.txt The error output is a txt file containing error details.
+      &quot;outputUriPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The bucket used in &#x27;output_uri_prefix&#x27; must exist and there must be no files under &#x27;output_uri_prefix&#x27;. &#x27;output_uri_prefix&#x27; must end with &quot;/&quot; and start with &quot;gs://&quot;. One &#x27;output_uri_prefix&#x27; can only be used by one batch translation job at a time. Otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT (400) error is returned.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;sourceLanguageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The BCP-47 language code of the input document if known, for example, &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. Supported language codes are listed in Language Support (https://cloud.google.com/translate/docs/languages).
+  &quot;targetLanguageCodes&quot;: [ # Required. The BCP-47 language code to use for translation of the input document. Specify up to 10 language codes here.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="batchTranslateText">batchTranslateText(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Translates a large volume of text in asynchronous batch mode. This function provides real-time output as the inputs are being processed. If caller cancels a request, the partial results (for an input file, it&#x27;s all or nothing) may still be available on the specified output location. This call returns immediately and you can use google.longrunning.Operation.name to poll the status of the call.
 
@@ -325,6 +400,72 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="translateDocument">translateDocument(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Translates documents in synchronous mode.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Location to make a regional call. Format: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}`. For global calls, use `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global` or `projects/{project-number-or-id}`. Non-global location is required for requests using AutoML models or custom glossaries. Models and glossaries must be within the same region (have the same location-id), otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT (400) error is returned. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A document translation request.
+  &quot;documentInputConfig&quot;: { # A document translation request input config. # Required. Input configurations.
+    &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Document&#x27;s content represented as a stream of bytes.
+    &quot;gcsSource&quot;: { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Google Cloud Storage location. This must be a single file. For example: gs://example_bucket/example_file.pdf
+      &quot;inputUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Source data URI. For example, `gs://my_bucket/my_object`.
+    },
+    &quot;mimeType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the input document&#x27;s mime_type. If not specified it will be determined using the file extension for gcs_source provided files. For a file provided through bytes content the mime_type must be provided. Currently supported mime types are: - application/pdf - application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document - application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation - application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet
+  },
+  &quot;documentOutputConfig&quot;: { # A document translation request output config. # Optional. Output configurations. Defines if the output file should be stored within Cloud Storage as well as the desired output format. If not provided the translated file will only be returned through a byte-stream and its output mime type will be the same as the input file&#x27;s mime type.
+    &quot;gcsDestination&quot;: { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the output content. # Optional. Google Cloud Storage destination for the translation output, e.g., `gs://my_bucket/my_directory/`. The destination directory provided does not have to be empty, but the bucket must exist. If a file with the same name as the output file already exists in the destination an error will be returned. For a DocumentInputConfig.contents provided document, the output file will have the name &quot;output_[trg]_translations.[ext]&quot;, where - [trg] corresponds to the translated file&#x27;s language code, - [ext] corresponds to the translated file&#x27;s extension according to its mime type. For a DocumentInputConfig.gcs_uri provided document, the output file will have a name according to its URI. For example: an input file with URI: &quot;gs://a/b/c.[extension]&quot; stored in a gcs_destination bucket with name &quot;my_bucket&quot; will have an output URI: &quot;gs://my_bucket/a_b_c_[trg]_translations.[ext]&quot;, where - [trg] corresponds to the translated file&#x27;s language code, - [ext] corresponds to the translated file&#x27;s extension according to its mime type. If the document was directly provided through the request, then the output document will have the format: &quot;gs://my_bucket/translated_document_[trg]_translations.[ext], where - [trg] corresponds to the translated file&#x27;s language code, - [ext] corresponds to the translated file&#x27;s extension according to its mime type. If a glossary was provided, then the output URI for the glossary translation will be equal to the default output URI but have `glossary_translations` instead of `translations`. For the previous example, its glossary URI would be: &quot;gs://my_bucket/a_b_c_[trg]_glossary_translations.[ext]&quot;. Thus the max number of output files will be 2 (Translated document, Glossary translated document). Callers should expect no partial outputs. If there is any error during document translation, no output will be stored in the Cloud Storage bucket.
+      &quot;outputUriPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The bucket used in &#x27;output_uri_prefix&#x27; must exist and there must be no files under &#x27;output_uri_prefix&#x27;. &#x27;output_uri_prefix&#x27; must end with &quot;/&quot; and start with &quot;gs://&quot;. One &#x27;output_uri_prefix&#x27; can only be used by one batch translation job at a time. Otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT (400) error is returned.
+    },
+    &quot;mimeType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies the translated document&#x27;s mime_type. If not specified, the translated file&#x27;s mime type will be the same as the input file&#x27;s mime type. Currently only support the output mime type to be the same as input mime type. - application/pdf - application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document - application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation - application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet
+  },
+  &quot;glossaryConfig&quot;: { # Configures which glossary should be used for a specific target language, and defines options for applying that glossary. # Optional. Glossary to be applied. The glossary must be within the same region (have the same location-id) as the model, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT (400) error is returned.
+    &quot;glossary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The `glossary` to be applied for this translation. The format depends on glossary: - User provided custom glossary: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/glossaries/{glossary-id}`
+    &quot;ignoreCase&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates match is case-insensitive. Default value is false if missing.
+  },
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter. See https://cloud.google.com/translate/docs/advanced/labels for more information.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;model&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The `model` type requested for this translation. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, If not provided, the default Google model (NMT) will be used for translation.
+  &quot;sourceLanguageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The BCP-47 language code of the input document if known, for example, &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. Supported language codes are listed in Language Support. If the source language isn&#x27;t specified, the API attempts to identify the source language automatically and returns the source language within the response. Source language must be specified if the request contains a glossary or a custom model.
+  &quot;targetLanguageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The BCP-47 language code to use for translation of the input document, set to one of the language codes listed in Language Support.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A translated document response message.
+  &quot;documentTranslation&quot;: { # A translated document message. # Translated document.
+    &quot;byteStreamOutputs&quot;: [ # The array of translated documents. It is expected to be size 1 for now. We may produce multiple translated documents in the future for other type of file formats.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;detectedLanguageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The detected language for the input document. If the user did not provide the source language for the input document, this field will have the language code automatically detected. If the source language was passed, auto-detection of the language does not occur and this field is empty.
+    &quot;mimeType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The translated document&#x27;s mime type.
+  },
+  &quot;glossaryConfig&quot;: { # Configures which glossary should be used for a specific target language, and defines options for applying that glossary. # The `glossary_config` used for this translation.
+    &quot;glossary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The `glossary` to be applied for this translation. The format depends on glossary: - User provided custom glossary: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/glossaries/{glossary-id}`
+    &quot;ignoreCase&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates match is case-insensitive. Default value is false if missing.
+  },
+  &quot;glossaryDocumentTranslation&quot;: { # A translated document message. # The document&#x27;s translation output if a glossary is provided in the request. This can be the same as [TranslateDocumentResponse.document_translation] if no glossary terms apply.
+    &quot;byteStreamOutputs&quot;: [ # The array of translated documents. It is expected to be size 1 for now. We may produce multiple translated documents in the future for other type of file formats.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;detectedLanguageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The detected language for the input document. If the user did not provide the source language for the input document, this field will have the language code automatically detected. If the source language was passed, auto-detection of the language does not occur and this field is empty.
+    &quot;mimeType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The translated document&#x27;s mime type.
+  },
+  &quot;model&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Only present when &#x27;model&#x27; is present in the request. &#x27;model&#x27; is normalized to have a project number. For example: If the &#x27;model&#x27; field in TranslateDocumentRequest is: `projects/{project-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt` then `model` here would be normalized to `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="translateText">translateText(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Translates input text and returns translated text.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html
index d6d4c31..71d1b24 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -125,6 +125,9 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The BatchTranslateDocument request.
+  &quot;formatConversions&quot;: { # Optional.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
   &quot;glossaries&quot;: { # Optional. Glossaries to be applied. It&#x27;s keyed by target language code.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configures which glossary should be used for a specific target language, and defines options for applying that glossary.
       &quot;glossary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Specifies the glossary used for this translation. Use this format: projects/*/locations/*/glossaries/*